Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/dispnew.c @ 34752:f04f551e94ce
* message.el (message-narrow-to-head-1): New function.
(message-narrow-to-head): Use it.
(message-reply): Ditto.
(message-cancel-news): Ditto.
(message-supersede): Ditto.
(message-make-forward-subject): Ditto.
(message-bounce): Ditto.
* gnus-msg.el (gnus-summary-mail-forward): Use original buffer.
* message.el (message-forward): Copy buffer in unibyte mode.
(message-make-forward-subject): Don't widen. Decode.
(message-forward): Don't decode subject.
* mml.el (gnus-ems): Require it.
* gnus-msg.el (gnus-summary-mail-forward):
* message.el (message-forward): Move mime-to-mml here.
* nnmbox.el (nnmbox-file-coding-system): Use binary.
(nnmbox-active-file-coding-system): Ditto.
* gnus-cus.el (gnus-group-parameters): Add posting-style.
* mm-uu.el: Require binhex.
* qp.el (quoted-printable-encode-region): Upcase QP.
author | ShengHuo ZHU <zsh@cs.rochester.edu> |
---|---|
date | Wed, 20 Dec 2000 20:20:51 +0000 |
parents | 51a0fe34dfc6 |
children | 9512f05b60d1 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
314 | 1 /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 1999, 2000 |
18853
4501a367a887
(direct_output_forward_char): Reenable check against
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18774
diff
changeset
|
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
314 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
1777
4edfaa19c7a7
* window.c (window_internal_width): New function.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1766
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
314 | 10 any later version. |
11 | |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
314 | 21 |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
22 #include <config.h> |
314 | 23 #include <signal.h> |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7814
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <stdio.h> |
314 | 25 #include <ctype.h> |
26 | |
21514 | 27 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
28 #include <unistd.h> | |
29 #endif | |
30 | |
3525
58e789baa27a
Include lisp.h earlier (before termhooks.h).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3517
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "lisp.h" |
314 | 32 #include "termchar.h" |
33 #include "termopts.h" | |
2198 | 34 #include "termhooks.h" |
13526
34382f4e23cb
Always include dispextern.h before cm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13448
diff
changeset
|
35 /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "dispextern.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
37 #include "cm.h" |
314 | 38 #include "buffer.h" |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "charset.h" |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
40 #include "keyboard.h" |
764 | 41 #include "frame.h" |
314 | 42 #include "window.h" |
43 #include "commands.h" | |
44 #include "disptab.h" | |
45 #include "indent.h" | |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "intervals.h" |
15065 | 47 #include "blockinput.h" |
21514 | 48 #include "process.h" |
314 | 49 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
50 /* I don't know why DEC Alpha OSF1 fail to compile this file if we |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
51 include the following file. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
52 /* #include "systty.h" */ |
12917 | 53 #include "syssignal.h" |
554 | 54 |
314 | 55 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
56 #include "xterm.h" | |
25012 | 57 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
314 | 58 |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
59 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
60 #include "w32term.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
61 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
62 |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
63 #ifdef macintosh |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
64 #include "macterm.h" |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
65 #endif /* macintosh */ |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
66 |
25012 | 67 /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
68 | |
7808
52e2eb6245d4
Include systime.h after xterm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7648
diff
changeset
|
69 #include "systime.h" |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
70 #include <errno.h> |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
71 |
25012 | 72 /* To get the prototype for `sleep'. */ |
73 | |
74 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H | |
75 #include <unistd.h> | |
76 #endif | |
77 | |
314 | 78 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
79 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
80 | |
81 /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. | |
25012 | 82 This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
83 override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
84 | |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
85 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
25012 | 86 |
87 /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
88 works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
89 library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
90 | |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
91 #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
92 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
93 #else |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
94 #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
95 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
96 #endif |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
97 #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
98 #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
99 #include <stdio_ext.h> |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
100 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
101 #endif |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
102 #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
314 | 103 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
104 #endif | |
25012 | 105 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
106 | |
29437 | 107 #if defined (LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
108 #include <term.h> /* for tgetent */ | |
109 #endif | |
25012 | 110 |
111 /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
112 boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
113 | |
114 struct dim | |
115 { | |
116 int width; | |
117 int height; | |
118 }; | |
119 | |
120 | |
121 /* Function prototypes. */ | |
122 | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
123 static void fake_current_matrices P_ ((Lisp_Object)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
124 static void redraw_overlapping_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
125 static void redraw_overlapped_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 126 static int count_blanks P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
127 static int count_match P_ ((struct glyph *, struct glyph *, | |
128 struct glyph *, struct glyph *)); | |
129 static unsigned line_draw_cost P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int)); | |
130 static void update_frame_line P_ ((struct frame *, int)); | |
131 static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay | |
132 P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, struct dim, int, int *)); | |
133 static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct window *, | |
134 struct dim)); | |
135 static int realloc_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *, struct dim)); | |
136 static void adjust_frame_glyphs P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
137 struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
138 static void free_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
139 static void adjust_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, | |
140 int, int, struct dim)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
141 static void change_frame_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
25012 | 142 static void swap_glyph_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
143 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 144 static int glyph_row_slice_p P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
145 #endif |
25012 | 146 static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); |
147 static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
148 struct window *)); | |
149 static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
150 struct window *)); | |
151 static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool P_ ((void)); | |
152 static void free_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
153 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially P_ ((void)); | |
154 static void adjust_frame_message_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
155 static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
156 static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); | |
157 static void build_frame_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
158 void clear_current_matrices P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
159 void scroll_glyph_matrix_range P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, | |
160 int, int)); | |
161 static void clear_window_matrices P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
162 static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); | |
163 static int scrolling_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
164 static int update_window_line P_ ((struct window *, int, int *)); |
25012 | 165 static void update_marginal_area P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
166 static int update_text_area P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 167 static void make_current P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
168 int)); | |
169 static void mirror_make_current P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
170 void check_window_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct window *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
171 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 172 static void check_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, |
173 struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
174 #endif |
25012 | 175 static void mirror_line_dance P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int *, char *)); |
176 static int update_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
177 static int update_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
178 static int update_frame_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); | |
179 static void set_window_cursor_after_update P_ ((struct window *)); | |
180 static int row_equal_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
181 struct glyph_row *, int)); |
25012 | 182 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); |
183 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
184 static void reverse_rows P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int)); | |
185 static int margin_glyphs_to_reserve P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object)); | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
186 static void sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
187 struct window *frame_row_to_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 188 |
189 | |
190 | |
191 /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
192 for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
193 scrolling. */ | |
194 | |
195 int redisplay_dont_pause; | |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
196 |
554 | 197 /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
764 | 198 current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
314 | 199 |
764 | 200 int frame_garbaged; |
314 | 201 |
25012 | 202 /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
314 | 203 |
204 int display_completed; | |
205 | |
25012 | 206 /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
207 audible bell. */ | |
314 | 208 |
209 int visible_bell; | |
210 | |
764 | 211 /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
314 | 212 |
213 int inverse_video; | |
214 | |
215 /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
216 | |
217 int baud_rate; | |
218 | |
25012 | 219 /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
220 is running. */ | |
314 | 221 |
222 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system; | |
223 | |
224 /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
25012 | 225 |
314 | 226 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
227 | |
25012 | 228 /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
229 are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
314 | 230 |
231 If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
25012 | 232 as a character code. |
233 | |
234 This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
235 is retained for compatibility. */ | |
314 | 236 |
237 Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
238 | |
239 /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
240 | |
241 Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
242 | |
25012 | 243 /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
244 cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. positive means at end of | |
245 text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ | |
246 | |
314 | 247 int cursor_in_echo_area; |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
248 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
249 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table, Qredisplay_dont_pause; |
25012 | 250 |
314 | 251 |
25012 | 252 /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
253 variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
254 |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
255 Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
25012 | 256 |
257 /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such | |
764 | 258 frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
9572 | 259 selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
260 the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
25012 | 261 |
262 struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; | |
263 | |
264 /* Stdio stream being used for copy of all output. */ | |
265 | |
266 FILE *termscript; | |
267 | |
268 /* Structure for info on cursor positioning. */ | |
269 | |
270 struct cm Wcm; | |
271 | |
272 /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ | |
273 | |
274 int delayed_size_change; | |
275 | |
276 /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ | |
277 | |
278 static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; | |
279 | |
280 /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ | |
281 | |
282 struct window *updated_window; | |
283 | |
284 /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ | |
285 | |
286 struct glyph_row *updated_row; | |
287 int updated_area; | |
288 | |
289 /* A glyph for a space. */ | |
290 | |
291 struct glyph space_glyph; | |
292 | |
293 /* Non-zero means update has been performed directly, so that there's | |
294 no need for redisplay_internal to do much work. Set by | |
295 direct_output_for_insert. */ | |
296 | |
297 int redisplay_performed_directly_p; | |
298 | |
299 /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose | |
300 memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
301 | |
302 int glyph_matrix_count; | |
303 int glyph_pool_count; | |
304 | |
305 /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If | |
306 null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
307 | |
308 static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; | |
309 | |
310 /* Current interface for window-based redisplay. Set from init_xterm. | |
311 A null value means we are not using window-based redisplay. */ | |
312 | |
313 struct redisplay_interface *rif; | |
314 | |
315 /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph | |
316 matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
317 be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
318 reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
319 loaded on demand. */ | |
320 | |
321 int fonts_changed_p; | |
322 | |
323 /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. | |
324 This may only be used for terminal frames. */ | |
325 | |
326 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
327 | |
328 static int window_to_frame_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
329 static int window_to_frame_hpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
330 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) | |
331 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
332 | |
333 #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
334 | |
335 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->top)) | |
336 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->left)) | |
337 | |
338 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
339 | |
340 | |
341 /* Like bcopy except never gets confused by overlap. Let this be the | |
342 first function defined in this file, or change emacs.c where the | |
343 address of this function is used. */ | |
314 | 344 |
345 void | |
346 safe_bcopy (from, to, size) | |
347 char *from, *to; | |
348 int size; | |
349 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
350 if (size <= 0 || from == to) |
314 | 351 return; |
352 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
353 /* If the source and destination don't overlap, then bcopy can |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
354 handle it. If they do overlap, but the destination is lower in |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
355 memory than the source, we'll assume bcopy can handle that. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
356 if (to < from || from + size <= to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
357 bcopy (from, to, size); |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
358 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
359 /* Otherwise, we'll copy from the end. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
360 else |
314 | 361 { |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
362 register char *endf = from + size; |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
363 register char *endt = to + size; |
314 | 364 |
365 /* If TO - FROM is large, then we should break the copy into | |
366 nonoverlapping chunks of TO - FROM bytes each. However, if | |
367 TO - FROM is small, then the bcopy function call overhead | |
368 makes this not worth it. The crossover point could be about | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
369 anywhere. Since I don't think the obvious copy loop is too |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
370 bad, I'm trying to err in its favor. */ |
314 | 371 if (to - from < 64) |
372 { | |
373 do | |
374 *--endt = *--endf; | |
375 while (endf != from); | |
376 } | |
377 else | |
378 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
379 for (;;) |
314 | 380 { |
381 endt -= (to - from); | |
382 endf -= (to - from); | |
383 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
384 if (endt < to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
385 break; |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
386 |
314 | 387 bcopy (endf, endt, to - from); |
388 } | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
389 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
390 /* If SIZE wasn't a multiple of TO - FROM, there will be a |
25012 | 391 little left over. The amount left over is (endt + (to - |
392 from)) - to, which is endt - from. */ | |
314 | 393 bcopy (from, to, endt - from); |
394 } | |
395 } | |
396 } | |
397 | |
25012 | 398 |
399 | |
400 /*********************************************************************** | |
401 Glyph Matrices | |
402 ***********************************************************************/ | |
403 | |
404 /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
405 pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
406 for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
407 member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
408 POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
409 | |
410 struct glyph_matrix * | |
411 new_glyph_matrix (pool) | |
412 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
413 { | |
414 struct glyph_matrix *result; | |
415 | |
416 /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
417 result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
418 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
419 | |
420 /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used | |
421 to detect memory leaks. */ | |
422 ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
423 | |
424 /* Set pool and return. */ | |
425 result->pool = pool; | |
426 return result; | |
427 } | |
428 | |
429 | |
430 /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. | |
431 | |
432 The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
433 is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
434 than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
435 pointer was passed to this function. | |
436 | |
437 If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own | |
438 glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
439 matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
440 | |
441 static void | |
442 free_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
443 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
444 { | |
445 if (matrix) | |
446 { | |
447 int i; | |
448 | |
449 /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
450 allocated. */ | |
451 if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
452 abort (); | |
453 | |
454 /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
455 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
456 for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
457 xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
458 | |
459 /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ | |
460 xfree (matrix->rows); | |
461 xfree (matrix); | |
462 } | |
463 } | |
464 | |
465 | |
466 /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of | |
467 window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
468 display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
469 area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
470 or a float. */ | |
471 | |
472 static int | |
473 margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, total_glyphs, margin) | |
474 struct window *w; | |
475 int total_glyphs; | |
476 Lisp_Object margin; | |
477 { | |
478 int n; | |
479 | |
480 if (NUMBERP (margin)) | |
481 { | |
482 int width = XFASTINT (w->width); | |
483 double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); | |
484 d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
485 n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); | |
486 } | |
487 else | |
488 n = 0; | |
489 | |
490 return n; | |
491 } | |
492 | |
493 | |
494 /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed | |
495 window sizes. | |
496 | |
497 W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. | |
498 Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
499 indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
500 matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
501 window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
502 | |
503 In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph | |
504 matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
505 storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
506 MATRIX->pool. | |
507 | |
508 The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete | |
509 frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
510 change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
511 requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
512 make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
513 what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
514 leads to screen flickering. */ | |
515 | |
516 static void | |
517 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, x, y, dim) | |
518 struct window *w; | |
519 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
520 int x, y; | |
521 struct dim dim; | |
522 { | |
523 int i; | |
524 int new_rows; | |
525 int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
25546 | 526 int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
527 int header_line_p = 0; | |
25012 | 528 int left = -1, right = -1; |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
529 int window_x, window_y, window_width = -1, window_height; |
25012 | 530 |
531 /* See if W had a top line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. */ | |
532 if (w) | |
533 { | |
25546 | 534 header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
535 header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
25012 | 536 } |
25546 | 537 matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
25012 | 538 |
539 /* Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas | |
540 haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving | |
541 the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
542 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
543 { | |
544 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); | |
545 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_width); | |
546 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_width); | |
547 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
548 marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
549 || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
550 | |
551 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
552 && !fonts_changed_p | |
25546 | 553 && !header_line_changed_p |
34279
7ab25b4a077c
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't reuse a window's current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34203
diff
changeset
|
554 && matrix->window_left_x == XFASTINT (w->left) |
25012 | 555 && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) |
556 && matrix->window_height == window_height | |
557 && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
558 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
559 return; | |
560 } | |
561 | |
562 /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ | |
563 if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
564 { | |
565 int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
566 new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
567 matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
568 bzero (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, | |
569 new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); | |
570 matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; | |
571 } | |
572 else | |
573 new_rows = 0; | |
574 | |
575 /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix | |
576 on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
577 each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
578 if (matrix->pool) | |
579 { | |
580 xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
581 | |
582 if (w) | |
583 { | |
584 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
585 w->left_margin_width); | |
586 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
587 w->right_margin_width); | |
588 } | |
589 else | |
590 left = right = 0; | |
591 | |
592 for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) | |
593 { | |
594 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; | |
595 | |
596 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
597 = (matrix->pool->glyphs | |
598 + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
599 + x); | |
600 | |
601 if (w == NULL | |
602 || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 603 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 604 { |
605 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
606 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
607 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
608 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
609 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
610 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
611 } | |
612 else | |
613 { | |
614 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
615 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
616 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
617 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
618 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
619 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
620 } | |
621 } | |
622 | |
623 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
624 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
625 } | |
626 else | |
627 { | |
628 /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
629 its own memory. Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ | |
630 if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w | |
631 || new_rows | |
25546 | 632 || header_line_changed_p |
25012 | 633 || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
634 { | |
635 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
636 struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
637 | |
638 while (row < end) | |
639 { | |
640 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
641 = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
642 (dim.width | |
643 * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
644 | |
645 /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ | |
646 if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 647 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 648 { |
649 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
650 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
651 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
652 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
653 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
654 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
655 } | |
656 else | |
657 { | |
658 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
659 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
660 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
661 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
662 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
663 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
664 } | |
665 ++row; | |
666 } | |
667 } | |
668 | |
669 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
670 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
671 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
672 } | |
673 | |
674 /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ | |
675 matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
676 xassert (matrix->nrows >= 0); |
25012 | 677 |
678 /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having valid | |
679 contents. It's important to not do this for desired matrices. | |
680 When Emacs starts, it may already be building desired matrices | |
681 when this function runs. */ | |
682 if (w && matrix == w->current_matrix) | |
683 { | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
684 if (window_width < 0) |
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
685 window_width = window_box_width (w, -1); |
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
686 |
25012 | 687 /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, |
688 upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part | |
689 of the window. */ | |
690 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
34279
7ab25b4a077c
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't reuse a window's current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34203
diff
changeset
|
691 && matrix->window_left_x == XFASTINT (w->left) |
25012 | 692 && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
693 && matrix->window_width == window_box_width (w, -1)) |
25012 | 694 { |
695 i = 0; | |
696 while (matrix->rows[i].enabled_p | |
697 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) | |
698 < matrix->window_height)) | |
699 ++i; | |
700 | |
701 /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that | |
702 are invalidated. */ | |
703 if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) | |
704 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) | |
705 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
706 | |
707 while (i < matrix->nrows) | |
708 matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; | |
709 } | |
710 else | |
711 { | |
712 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
713 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
714 } | |
715 } | |
716 | |
717 /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ | |
718 matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
719 matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
720 matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
721 matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
722 | |
723 /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
724 was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
725 if (w) | |
726 { | |
34279
7ab25b4a077c
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't reuse a window's current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34203
diff
changeset
|
727 matrix->window_left_x = XFASTINT (w->left); |
25012 | 728 matrix->window_top_y = XFASTINT (w->top); |
729 matrix->window_height = window_height; | |
730 matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
731 matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
732 } | |
733 } | |
734 | |
735 | |
736 /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The | |
737 contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
738 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
739 below). */ | |
314 | 740 |
741 static void | |
25012 | 742 reverse_rows (matrix, start, end) |
743 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
744 int start, end; | |
314 | 745 { |
25012 | 746 int i, j; |
747 | |
748 for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) | |
749 { | |
750 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
751 initialization. */ | |
752 struct glyph_row temp; | |
753 temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
754 matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
755 matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
756 } | |
314 | 757 } |
758 | |
25012 | 759 |
760 /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - | |
761 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
762 indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
763 row structures are moved around). | |
764 | |
765 The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first | |
766 described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
767 sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
768 after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
769 and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
770 rotating right. */ | |
771 | |
772 void | |
773 rotate_matrix (matrix, first, last, by) | |
774 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
775 int first, last, by; | |
314 | 776 { |
25012 | 777 if (by < 0) |
778 { | |
779 /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
780 by = -by; | |
781 reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
782 reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
783 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
784 } | |
785 else if (by > 0) | |
314 | 786 { |
25012 | 787 /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ |
788 reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
789 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
790 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
314 | 791 } |
25012 | 792 } |
793 | |
794 | |
795 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
796 with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
797 DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
798 | |
799 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
800 increment_matrix_positions (matrix, start, end, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 801 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; |
802 int start, end, delta, delta_bytes; | |
803 { | |
804 /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
805 xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
806 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
807 xassert (start <= end); | |
808 | |
809 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
810 increment_row_positions (matrix->rows + start, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 811 } |
812 | |
813 | |
814 /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
815 the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
816 ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
817 | |
818 void | |
819 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, start, end, enabled_p) | |
820 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
821 int start, end; | |
822 int enabled_p; | |
823 { | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
824 xassert (start <= end); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
825 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
826 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
827 |
25012 | 828 for (; start < end; ++start) |
829 matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
830 } | |
831 | |
832 | |
833 /* Clear MATRIX. | |
834 | |
835 This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
836 all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
837 will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
838 enabled_p flag. | |
839 | |
840 Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
841 currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
842 | |
843 void | |
844 clear_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
845 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
846 { | |
847 if (matrix) | |
314 | 848 { |
25012 | 849 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); |
850 matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
314 | 851 } |
852 } | |
25012 | 853 |
854 | |
855 /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
856 Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
857 and recompute their visible height. */ | |
858 | |
859 void | |
860 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, start, end, dy) | |
861 struct window *w; | |
862 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
863 int start, end, dy; | |
864 { | |
865 int min_y, max_y; | |
866 | |
867 xassert (start <= end); | |
868 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
869 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
870 | |
25546 | 871 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
25012 | 872 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
873 | |
874 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
875 { | |
876 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
877 | |
878 row->y += dy; | |
879 | |
880 if (row->y < min_y) | |
881 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y); | |
882 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y) | |
883 row->visible_height = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y); | |
884 else | |
885 row->visible_height = row->height; | |
886 } | |
887 } | |
888 | |
889 | |
890 /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
891 invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
892 current matrix. */ | |
893 | |
894 void | |
895 clear_current_matrices (f) | |
896 register struct frame *f; | |
897 { | |
898 /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
899 if (f->current_matrix) | |
900 clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
901 | |
902 /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
903 The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
904 no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
905 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
906 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
907 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
908 /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
909 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
910 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); |
25012 | 911 |
912 /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
913 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
914 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
915 } | |
916 | |
917 | |
918 /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
314 | 919 |
21514 | 920 void |
25012 | 921 clear_desired_matrices (f) |
922 register struct frame *f; | |
314 | 923 { |
25012 | 924 if (f->desired_matrix) |
925 clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
926 | |
927 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
928 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
929 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
930 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
931 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); |
25012 | 932 |
933 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
934 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
935 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
936 } | |
937 | |
938 | |
939 /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
940 non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
941 | |
942 static void | |
943 clear_window_matrices (w, desired_p) | |
944 struct window *w; | |
945 int desired_p; | |
946 { | |
947 while (w) | |
314 | 948 { |
25012 | 949 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
950 { | |
951 xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
952 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
953 } | |
954 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
314 | 955 { |
25012 | 956 xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); |
957 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
958 } | |
959 else | |
960 { | |
961 if (desired_p) | |
962 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
963 else | |
314 | 964 { |
25012 | 965 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); |
966 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
314 | 967 } |
25012 | 968 } |
969 | |
970 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
971 } | |
972 } | |
973 | |
974 | |
975 | |
976 /*********************************************************************** | |
977 Glyph Rows | |
978 | |
979 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
980 ***********************************************************************/ | |
981 | |
982 /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
983 changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
984 structure members. */ | |
985 | |
33527
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
986 static struct glyph_row null_row; |
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
987 |
25012 | 988 void |
989 clear_glyph_row (row) | |
990 struct glyph_row *row; | |
991 { | |
992 struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
993 | |
994 /* Save pointers. */ | |
995 p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
996 p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
997 p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
998 p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
999 | |
1000 /* Clear. */ | |
1001 *row = null_row; | |
1002 | |
1003 /* Restore pointers. */ | |
1004 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1005 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1006 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1007 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1008 |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1009 #if 0 /* At some point, some bit-fields of struct glyph were not set, |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1010 which made glyphs unequal when compared with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1011 Redisplay outputs such glyphs, and flickering effects were |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1012 the result. This also depended on the contents of memory |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1013 returned by xmalloc. If flickering happens again, activate |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1014 the code below If the flickering is gone with that, chances |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1015 are that the flickering has the same reason as here. */ |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1016 bzero (p[0], (char *) p[LAST_AREA] - (char *) p[0]); |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1017 #endif |
25012 | 1018 } |
1019 | |
1020 | |
1021 /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
1022 in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
1023 | |
1024 void | |
1025 blank_row (w, row, y) | |
1026 struct window *w; | |
1027 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1028 int y; | |
1029 { | |
1030 int min_y, max_y; | |
1031 | |
25546 | 1032 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
25012 | 1033 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
1034 | |
1035 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1036 row->y = y; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1037 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1038 row->height = row->phys_height = CANON_Y_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
25012 | 1039 |
1040 if (row->y < min_y) | |
1041 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y); | |
1042 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y) | |
1043 row->visible_height = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y); | |
1044 else | |
1045 row->visible_height = row->height; | |
1046 | |
1047 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1048 } | |
1049 | |
1050 | |
1051 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
1052 are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
1053 glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
1054 the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
1055 ends. */ | |
1056 | |
1057 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1058 increment_row_positions (row, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1059 struct glyph_row *row; |
1060 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1061 { | |
1062 int area, i; | |
1063 | |
1064 /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
1065 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1066 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1067 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1068 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1069 | |
1070 /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ | |
1071 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1072 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
1073 if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
1074 && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
1075 row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
1076 | |
1077 /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
1078 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
1079 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1080 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
1081 } | |
1082 | |
1083 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1084 #if 0 |
25012 | 1085 /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph |
1086 contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
1087 B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
1088 | |
1089 static void | |
1090 swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
1091 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1092 { | |
1093 int area; | |
1094 | |
1095 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1096 { | |
1097 /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
1098 int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
1099 | |
1100 /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1101 struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1102 | |
1103 /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1104 struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
1105 | |
1106 /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
1107 struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1108 | |
1109 while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
1110 { | |
1111 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
1112 initialization. */ | |
1113 struct glyph temp; | |
1114 temp = *glyph_a; | |
1115 *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
1116 *glyph_b = temp; | |
1117 ++glyph_a; | |
1118 ++glyph_b; | |
314 | 1119 } |
1120 } | |
1121 } | |
25012 | 1122 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1123 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1124 |
1125 /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
1126 | |
1127 static INLINE void | |
1128 swap_glyph_pointers (a, b) | |
1129 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1130 { | |
1131 int i; | |
1132 for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
1133 { | |
1134 struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
1135 a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
1136 b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
1137 } | |
1138 } | |
1139 | |
1140 | |
1141 /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
1142 that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
1143 | |
1144 INLINE void | |
1145 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from) | |
1146 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1147 { | |
1148 struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1149 | |
1150 /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
1151 bcopy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1152 | |
1153 /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
1154 *to = *from; | |
1155 | |
1156 /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
1157 bcopy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1158 } | |
1159 | |
1160 | |
1161 /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
1162 TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
1163 glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
1164 positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
1165 | |
1166 void | |
1167 copy_glyph_row_contents (to, from, delta, delta_bytes) | |
1168 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1169 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1170 { | |
1171 int area; | |
1172 | |
1173 /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
1174 glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
1175 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1176 | |
1177 /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
1178 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1179 if (from->used[area]) | |
1180 bcopy (from->glyphs[area], to->glyphs[area], | |
1181 from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
1182 | |
1183 /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1184 increment_row_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 1185 } |
1186 | |
1187 | |
1188 /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
1189 assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
1190 exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
1191 a memory leak. */ | |
1192 | |
1193 static INLINE void | |
1194 assign_row (to, from) | |
1195 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1196 { | |
1197 swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
1198 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1199 } | |
1200 | |
1201 | |
1202 /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
1203 a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
1204 glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
1205 is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
1206 memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
1207 | |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1208 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1209 |
25012 | 1210 static int |
1211 glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row) | |
1212 struct glyph_row *window_row, *frame_row; | |
1213 { | |
1214 struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1215 struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1216 struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1217 | |
1218 return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
1219 && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
1220 } | |
1221 | |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1222 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
25012 | 1223 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1224 #if 0 |
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1225 |
25012 | 1226 /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice |
1227 of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
1228 in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
1229 | |
1230 static struct glyph_row * | |
1231 find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, row) | |
1232 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
1233 int row; | |
1234 { | |
1235 int i; | |
1236 | |
1237 xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
1238 | |
1239 for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1240 if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
1241 frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
1242 break; | |
1243 | |
1244 return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
1245 } | |
1246 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1247 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1248 |
1249 /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
1250 i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
1251 enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
1252 call to this function really clears it. */ | |
1253 | |
1254 void | |
1255 prepare_desired_row (row) | |
1256 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1257 { | |
1258 if (!row->enabled_p) | |
1259 { | |
1260 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1261 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1262 } | |
1263 } | |
1264 | |
1265 | |
1266 /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
1267 | |
1268 int | |
1269 line_hash_code (row) | |
1270 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1271 { | |
1272 int hash = 0; | |
1273 | |
1274 if (row->enabled_p) | |
1275 { | |
1276 if (row->inverse_p) | |
1277 { | |
1278 /* Give all highlighted lines the same hash code | |
1279 so as to encourage scrolling to leave them in place. */ | |
1280 hash = -1; | |
1281 } | |
1282 else | |
1283 { | |
1284 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1285 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1286 | |
1287 while (glyph < end) | |
1288 { | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1289 int c = glyph->u.ch; |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1290 int face_id = glyph->face_id; |
25012 | 1291 if (must_write_spaces) |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1292 c -= SPACEGLYPH; |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1293 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + c; |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1294 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + face_id; |
25012 | 1295 ++glyph; |
1296 } | |
1297 | |
1298 if (hash == 0) | |
1299 hash = 1; | |
1300 } | |
1301 } | |
1302 | |
1303 return hash; | |
1304 } | |
1305 | |
1306 | |
1307 /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS In MATRIX. The cost equals | |
1308 the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is | |
1309 zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
1310 | |
1311 static unsigned int | |
1312 line_draw_cost (matrix, vpos) | |
1313 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1314 int vpos; | |
1315 { | |
1316 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
1317 struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1318 struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1319 int len; | |
1320 Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
1321 int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
1322 | |
1323 /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
1324 if (!must_write_spaces) | |
1325 { | |
1326 /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
1327 while (end > beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*(end - 1))) |
25012 | 1328 --end; |
1329 | |
1330 /* All blank line. */ | |
1331 if (end == beg) | |
1332 return 0; | |
1333 | |
1334 /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
1335 while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
1336 ++beg; | |
1337 } | |
1338 | |
1339 /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
1340 so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
1341 if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
1342 len = end - beg; | |
1343 else | |
1344 { | |
1345 /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
1346 in LEN. */ | |
1347 len = 0; | |
1348 while (beg < end) | |
1349 { | |
1350 GLYPH g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (*beg); | |
1351 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1352 if (g < 0 |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1353 || GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) |
25012 | 1354 len += 1; |
1355 else | |
1356 len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
1357 | |
1358 ++beg; | |
1359 } | |
1360 } | |
1361 | |
1362 return len; | |
1363 } | |
1364 | |
1365 | |
1366 /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
1367 and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
1368 rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1369 visibility. MOUSE_FACE_P non-zero means compare the mouse_face_p |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1370 flags of A and B, too. */ |
25012 | 1371 |
1372 static INLINE int | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1373 row_equal_p (w, a, b, mouse_face_p) |
25012 | 1374 struct window *w; |
1375 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1376 int mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 1377 { |
1378 if (a == b) | |
1379 return 1; | |
1380 else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
1381 return 0; | |
1382 else | |
1383 { | |
1384 struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
1385 int area; | |
1386 | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1387 if (mouse_face_p && a->mouse_face_p != b->mouse_face_p) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1388 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1389 |
25012 | 1390 /* Compare glyphs. */ |
1391 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1392 { | |
1393 if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
1394 return 0; | |
1395 | |
1396 a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1397 a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
1398 b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1399 | |
1400 while (a_glyph < a_end | |
1401 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
1402 ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
1403 | |
1404 if (a_glyph != a_end) | |
1405 return 0; | |
1406 } | |
1407 | |
1408 if (a->truncated_on_left_p != b->truncated_on_left_p | |
1409 || a->inverse_p != b->inverse_p | |
1410 || a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p | |
1411 || a->truncated_on_right_p != b->truncated_on_right_p | |
1412 || a->overlay_arrow_p != b->overlay_arrow_p | |
1413 || a->continued_p != b->continued_p | |
1414 || a->indicate_empty_line_p != b->indicate_empty_line_p | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1415 || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
25012 | 1416 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
1417 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
1418 /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ | |
1419 || a->x != b->x | |
1420 /* Different height. */ | |
1421 || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1422 || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1423 || a->phys_height != b->phys_height |
25012 | 1424 || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
1425 return 0; | |
1426 } | |
1427 | |
1428 return 1; | |
1429 } | |
1430 | |
1431 | |
314 | 1432 |
25012 | 1433 /*********************************************************************** |
1434 Glyph Pool | |
1435 | |
1436 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
1437 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1438 | |
1439 /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
1440 initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1441 incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
1442 | |
1443 static struct glyph_pool * | |
1444 new_glyph_pool () | |
1445 { | |
1446 struct glyph_pool *result; | |
1447 | |
1448 /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
1449 result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
1450 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
1451 | |
1452 /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ | |
1453 ++glyph_pool_count; | |
1454 | |
1455 return result; | |
1456 } | |
1457 | |
1458 | |
1459 /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
1460 a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1461 decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
1462 negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
1463 structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
1464 was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
1465 | |
1466 static void | |
1467 free_glyph_pool (pool) | |
1468 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1469 { | |
1470 if (pool) | |
1471 { | |
1472 /* More freed than allocated? */ | |
1473 --glyph_pool_count; | |
1474 xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
1475 | |
1476 xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
1477 xfree (pool); | |
1478 } | |
1479 } | |
1480 | |
1481 | |
1482 /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
1483 columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
1484 case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
1485 is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
1486 does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
1487 | |
1488 Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
1489 re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
1490 | |
1491 static int | |
1492 realloc_glyph_pool (pool, matrix_dim) | |
1493 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1494 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
1495 { | |
1496 int needed; | |
1497 int changed_p; | |
1498 | |
1499 changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
1500 || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
1501 || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
1502 | |
1503 /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
1504 needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
1505 if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
1506 { | |
1507 int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
1508 | |
1509 if (pool->glyphs) | |
1510 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1511 else | |
1512 { | |
1513 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
1514 bzero (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1515 } | |
1516 | |
1517 pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
1518 } | |
1519 | |
1520 /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use then | |
1521 to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines | |
1522 where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
1523 determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
1524 pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
1525 pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
1526 | |
1527 return changed_p; | |
1528 } | |
1529 | |
1530 | |
1531 | |
1532 /*********************************************************************** | |
1533 Debug Code | |
1534 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1535 | |
1536 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
1537 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1538 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1539 /* Flush standard output. This is sometimes useful to call from |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1540 the debugger. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1541 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1542 void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1543 flush_stdout () |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1544 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1545 fflush (stdout); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1546 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1547 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1548 |
25012 | 1549 /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a |
1550 pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
1551 rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
1552 MATRIX. */ | |
1553 | |
1554 void | |
1555 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix) | |
1556 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1557 { | |
1558 int i, j; | |
1559 | |
1560 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1561 for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
1562 xassert (i == j | |
1563 || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
1564 != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
1565 } | |
1566 | |
1567 | |
1568 /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
1569 | |
1570 struct glyph_row * | |
1571 matrix_row (matrix, row) | |
1572 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1573 int row; | |
1574 { | |
1575 xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
1576 xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
1577 | |
1578 /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
1579 is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
1580 fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
314 | 1581 #if 0 |
25012 | 1582 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); |
1583 #endif | |
1584 | |
1585 return matrix->rows + row; | |
1586 } | |
1587 | |
1588 | |
1589 #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
1590 partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
1591 nevertheless. */ | |
1592 | |
1593 /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
1594 window W. */ | |
1595 | |
1596 static void | |
1597 check_matrix_invariants (w) | |
314 | 1598 struct window *w; |
1599 { | |
25012 | 1600 struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; |
1601 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
1602 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
1603 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
1604 struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
1605 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
1606 int c; | |
1607 | |
1608 /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ | |
1609 if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
1610 return; | |
1611 | |
1612 set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
1613 | |
1614 /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
1615 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
1616 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
1617 { | |
1618 struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
1619 | |
1620 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1621 last_text_row = row; | |
1622 | |
1623 /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
1624 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1625 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1626 | |
1627 /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
1628 have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
1629 displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
1630 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
1631 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1632 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1633 | |
1634 /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
1635 of next row. */ | |
1636 if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
1637 { | |
1638 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
1639 == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
1640 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1641 == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
1642 } | |
1643 row = next; | |
1644 } | |
1645 | |
1646 xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
1647 xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
1648 set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
1649 } | |
1650 | |
1651 #endif /* 0 */ | |
1652 | |
1653 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
1654 | |
1655 | |
1656 | |
1657 /********************************************************************** | |
1658 Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
1659 **********************************************************************/ | |
1660 | |
1661 /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
1662 redisplay | |
1663 | |
1664 X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
1665 sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
1666 allocated. CH_DIM contains the dimensions of the smallest | |
1667 character that could be used during display. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero | |
1668 means that the caller of this function is only interested in the | |
1669 result matrix dimension, and matrix adjustments should not be | |
1670 performed. | |
1671 | |
1672 The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
1673 the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
1674 will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
1675 | |
1676 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
1677 | |
1678 NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
1679 glyph matrices yet, and | |
1680 | |
1681 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
1682 any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
1683 DIM_ONLY_P). | |
1684 | |
1685 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
1686 function. | |
1687 | |
1688 Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
1689 through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
1690 either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
1691 right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
1692 bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
1693 window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
1694 be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
1695 horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
1696 vertical sequence have the same width. | |
1697 | |
1698 This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
1699 algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
1700 necessary. | |
1701 | |
1702 The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
1703 maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
1704 a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
1705 windows in the sequence. | |
1706 | |
1707 |<------- result width ------->| | |
1708 +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
1709 | | | | | | |
1710 | | | | | |
1711 +---------+ | | result height | |
1712 | +---------+ | |
1713 | | | | |
1714 +----------+ --- | |
1715 | |
1716 The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
1717 of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
1718 matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
1719 | |
1720 |<---- result width -->| | |
1721 +---------+ --- | |
1722 | | | | |
1723 | | | | |
1724 +---------+--+ | | |
1725 | | | | |
1726 | | result height | |
1727 | | | |
1728 +------------+---------+ | | |
1729 | | | | |
1730 | | | | |
1731 +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
1732 | |
1733 /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
1734 allocated. */ | |
1735 | |
1736 #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
1737 | |
1738 /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
1739 size. */ | |
1740 | |
1741 #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
1742 | |
1743 static struct dim | |
1744 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (window, x, y, ch_dim, | |
1745 dim_only_p, window_change_flags) | |
1746 Lisp_Object window; | |
1747 int x, y; | |
1748 struct dim ch_dim; | |
1749 int dim_only_p; | |
1750 int *window_change_flags; | |
1751 { | |
1752 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
1753 int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
1754 int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
1755 struct dim total; | |
1756 struct dim dim; | |
1757 struct window *w; | |
1758 int in_horz_combination_p; | |
1759 | |
1760 /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
1761 result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
1762 special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
1763 like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
1764 points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
1765 vertically below other windows. */ | |
1766 in_horz_combination_p | |
1767 = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
1768 && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
1769 | |
1770 /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
1771 do | |
1772 { | |
1773 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1774 | |
1775 /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
1776 on whether this a combination or a leaf window. */ | |
1777 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
1778 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, ch_dim, | |
1779 dim_only_p, | |
1780 window_change_flags); | |
1781 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
1782 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, ch_dim, | |
1783 dim_only_p, | |
1784 window_change_flags); | |
1785 else | |
1786 { | |
1787 /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
1788 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1789 { | |
1790 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
1791 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
1792 *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1793 } | |
1794 | |
1795 /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no | |
1796 holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
1797 dim.width = XINT (w->width); |
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
1798 dim.height = XINT (w->height); |
25012 | 1799 |
1800 /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
1801 if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
1802 || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
1803 || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
1804 || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
1805 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
1806 w->right_margin_width) | |
1807 != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) | |
1808 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
1809 w->left_margin_width) | |
1810 != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) | |
1811 *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1812 | |
1813 /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
1814 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
1815 may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
1816 that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
1817 necessary. */ | |
1818 if (!dim_only_p) | |
1819 { | |
1820 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1821 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1822 } | |
1823 } | |
1824 | |
1825 /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
1826 windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
1827 below W. */ | |
1828 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1829 x += dim.width; | |
1830 else | |
1831 y += dim.height; | |
1832 | |
1833 /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
1834 wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
1835 hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
1836 | |
1837 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
1838 window = w->next; | |
1839 } | |
1840 while (!NILP (window)); | |
1841 | |
1842 /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
1843 level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
1844 widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
1845 by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
1846 height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
1847 x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
1848 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1849 { | |
1850 total.width = x - x0; | |
1851 total.height = hmax; | |
1852 } | |
1853 else | |
1854 { | |
1855 total.width = wmax; | |
1856 total.height = y - y0; | |
1857 } | |
1858 | |
1859 return total; | |
1860 } | |
1861 | |
1862 | |
1863 /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the | |
1864 window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. CH_DIM is the | |
1865 size of the smallest character that could potentially be used on W. */ | |
1866 | |
1867 static void | |
1868 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim) | |
1869 struct window *w; | |
1870 struct dim ch_dim; | |
1871 { | |
1872 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
1873 | |
1874 while (w) | |
314 | 1875 { |
25012 | 1876 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
1877 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild), ch_dim); | |
1878 else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
1879 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild), ch_dim); | |
1880 else | |
314 | 1881 { |
25012 | 1882 /* W is a leaf window. */ |
1883 int window_pixel_width = XFLOATINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); | |
1884 int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + abs (w->vscroll); | |
1885 struct dim dim; | |
1886 | |
1887 /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
1888 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
314 | 1889 { |
25012 | 1890 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); |
1891 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
314 | 1892 } |
25012 | 1893 |
1894 /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ | |
1895 dim.width = (((window_pixel_width + ch_dim.width - 1) | |
1896 / ch_dim.width) | |
1897 /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ | |
1898 + 2 | |
1899 /* One partially visible column at the right | |
1900 edge of each marginal area. */ | |
1901 + 1 + 1); | |
1902 | |
1903 /* Compute number of glyph rows needed. */ | |
1904 dim.height = (((window_pixel_height + ch_dim.height - 1) | |
1905 / ch_dim.height) | |
1906 /* One partially visible line at the top and | |
1907 bottom of the window. */ | |
1908 + 2 | |
1909 /* 2 for top and mode line. */ | |
1910 + 2); | |
1911 | |
1912 /* Change matrices. */ | |
1913 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
1914 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
1915 } | |
1916 | |
1917 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
1918 } | |
1919 } | |
1920 | |
1921 | |
1922 /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
1923 do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
1924 This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
1925 changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
1926 | |
1927 void | |
1928 adjust_glyphs (f) | |
1929 struct frame *f; | |
1930 { | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1931 /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1932 glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1933 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1934 |
25012 | 1935 if (f) |
1936 adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
1937 else | |
1938 { | |
1939 Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
1940 | |
1941 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) | |
1942 adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
1943 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1944 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1945 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 1946 } |
1947 | |
1948 | |
1949 /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
1950 | |
1951 To be called from init_display. | |
1952 | |
1953 We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. | |
1954 Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
1955 meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
1956 windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
1957 height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
1958 windows to estimated values. */ | |
1959 | |
1960 static void | |
1961 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially () | |
1962 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1963 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1964 struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); |
25012 | 1965 struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1966 int frame_height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1967 int frame_width = FRAME_WIDTH (sf); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1968 int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); |
25012 | 1969 |
1970 /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
1971 XSETFASTINT (root->top, top_margin); | |
1972 XSETFASTINT (root->width, frame_width); | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1973 set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_height - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
25012 | 1974 |
1975 /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
1976 XSETFASTINT (mini->top, frame_height - 1); | |
1977 XSETFASTINT (mini->width, frame_width); | |
1978 set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); | |
1979 | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1980 adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
25012 | 1981 glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
1982 } | |
1983 | |
1984 | |
1985 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
1986 | |
1987 static void | |
1988 adjust_frame_glyphs (f) | |
1989 struct frame *f; | |
1990 { | |
1991 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
1992 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
1993 else | |
1994 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
1995 | |
1996 /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for | |
1997 decode_mode_spec. */ | |
1998 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
1999 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
2000 | |
2001 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
2002 } | |
2003 | |
2004 | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2005 /* In the window tree with root W, build current matrices of leaf |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2006 windows from the frame's current matrix. */ |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2007 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2008 static void |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2009 fake_current_matrices (window) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2010 Lisp_Object window; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2011 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2012 struct window *w; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2013 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2014 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2015 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2016 w = XWINDOW (window); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2017 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2018 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2019 fake_current_matrices (w->hchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2020 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2021 fake_current_matrices (w->vchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2022 else |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2023 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2024 int i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2025 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2026 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2027 struct glyph_matrix *fm = f->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2028 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2029 xassert (m->matrix_h == XFASTINT (w->height)); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2030 xassert (m->matrix_w == XFASTINT (w->width)); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2031 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2032 for (i = 0; i < m->matrix_h; ++i) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2033 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2034 struct glyph_row *r = m->rows + i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2035 struct glyph_row *fr = fm->rows + i + XFASTINT (w->top); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2036 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2037 xassert (r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] >= fr->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2038 && r->glyphs[LAST_AREA] <= fr->glyphs[LAST_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2039 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2040 r->enabled_p = fr->enabled_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2041 if (r->enabled_p) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2042 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2043 r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->left_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2044 r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->right_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2045 r->used[TEXT_AREA] = (m->matrix_w |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2046 - r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2047 - r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2048 r->mode_line_p = 0; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2049 r->inverse_p = fr->inverse_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2050 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2051 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2052 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2053 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2054 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2055 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2056 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2057 /* Make sure the current frame matrix of frame F has been built. |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2058 This is a no-op if F doesn't use frame-based redisplay. */ |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2059 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2060 void |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2061 ensure_frame_matrix (f) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2062 struct frame *f; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2063 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2064 if (f->current_pool && display_completed) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2065 build_frame_matrix (f); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2066 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2067 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2068 |
25012 | 2069 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for |
2070 frame-based redisplay. */ | |
2071 | |
2072 static void | |
2073 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f) | |
2074 struct frame *f; | |
2075 { | |
2076 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2077 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
2078 int pool_changed_p; | |
2079 int window_change_flags; | |
2080 int top_window_y; | |
2081 | |
2082 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
2083 return; | |
2084 | |
2085 /* Determine the smallest character in any font for F. On | |
2086 console windows, all characters have dimension (1, 1). */ | |
2087 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
2088 | |
2089 top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); | |
2090 | |
2091 /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
2092 if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
2093 { | |
2094 f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2095 f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2096 } | |
2097 | |
2098 /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
2099 if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
2100 { | |
2101 f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
2102 f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
2103 } | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2104 |
25012 | 2105 /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer |
2106 window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
2107 matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
2108 mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
2109 existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
2110 matrix. */ | |
2111 window_change_flags = 0; | |
2112 matrix_dim | |
2113 = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2114 0, top_window_y, | |
2115 ch_dim, 1, | |
2116 &window_change_flags); | |
2117 | |
2118 /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
2119 matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
2120 | |
2121 /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
2122 pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2123 realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2124 | |
2125 /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if | |
2126 absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ | |
2127 if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
2128 { | |
2129 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
2130 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2131 0, top_window_y, ch_dim, 0, | |
2132 &window_change_flags); | |
2133 | |
2134 /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
2135 that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
2136 to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
2137 xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_WIDTH (f) | |
2138 && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
2139 | |
2140 /* Resize frame matrices. */ | |
2141 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); | |
2142 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); | |
2143 | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2144 /* If the display hasn't been interrupted, set up windows' |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2145 current matrices so that they describe what's on the |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2146 screen. */ |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2147 if (display_completed) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2148 fake_current_matrices (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2149 else |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2150 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
25012 | 2151 } |
2152 } | |
2153 | |
2154 | |
2155 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
2156 window-based redisplay. */ | |
2157 | |
2158 static void | |
2159 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f) | |
2160 struct frame *f; | |
2161 { | |
2162 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2163 struct window *w; | |
2164 | |
2165 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
2166 | |
2167 /* Get minimum sizes. */ | |
2168 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM | |
2169 ch_dim.width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); | |
2170 ch_dim.height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); | |
2171 #else | |
2172 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
2173 #endif | |
2174 | |
2175 /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ | |
2176 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), | |
2177 ch_dim); | |
2178 | |
2179 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display | |
2180 the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
2181 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
2182 { | |
2183 /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
2184 if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2185 { | |
2186 f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
2187 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2188 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
2189 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2190 } | |
2191 else | |
2192 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2193 | |
2194 /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
2195 adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
2196 XSETFASTINT (w->top, 0); | |
2197 XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
2198 XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
2199 XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); | |
2200 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim); | |
2201 } | |
2202 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
2203 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2204 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2205 don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2206 if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2207 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2208 f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2209 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2210 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
2211 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2212 } | |
2213 else | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2214 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2215 |
2216 XSETFASTINT (w->top, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
2217 XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2218 XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
25012 | 2219 XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); |
2220 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim); | |
2221 } | |
2222 | |
2223 | |
2224 /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. | |
2225 | |
2226 Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not | |
2227 find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
2228 problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
2229 | |
2230 (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
2231 eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
2232 | |
2233 static void | |
2234 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f) | |
2235 struct frame *f; | |
2236 { | |
2237 int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
2238 | |
2239 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
2240 { | |
2241 char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
2242 char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
2243 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; | |
2244 } | |
2245 else | |
2246 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
2247 } | |
2248 | |
2249 | |
2250 /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
2251 | |
2252 static void | |
2253 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f) | |
2254 struct frame *f; | |
2255 { | |
2256 f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
2257 = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
2258 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
2259 } | |
2260 | |
2261 | |
2262 | |
2263 /********************************************************************** | |
2264 Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
2265 **********************************************************************/ | |
2266 | |
2267 /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
2268 be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
2269 F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
2270 the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
2271 | |
2272 void | |
2273 free_glyphs (f) | |
2274 struct frame *f; | |
2275 { | |
2276 if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
2277 { | |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2278 /* Block interrupt input so that we don't get surprised by an X |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2279 event while we're in an inconsistent state. */ |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2280 BLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2281 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; |
2282 | |
2283 /* Release window sub-matrices. */ | |
2284 if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
2285 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
2286 | |
2287 /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
2288 glyph matrices. */ | |
2289 if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2290 { | |
2291 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2292 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2293 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2294 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2295 f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
2296 } | |
2297 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2298 /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2299 if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2300 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2301 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2302 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
2303 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2304 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2305 f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
25012 | 2306 } |
2307 | |
2308 /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
2309 case we are called a second time. */ | |
2310 if (f->desired_matrix) | |
2311 { | |
2312 free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
2313 free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
2314 f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2315 } | |
2316 | |
2317 /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
2318 if (f->desired_pool) | |
2319 { | |
2320 free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
2321 free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
2322 f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
314 | 2323 } |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2324 |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2325 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 2326 } |
2327 } | |
2328 | |
25012 | 2329 |
2330 /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
2331 function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
2332 the same tree more than once. */ | |
2333 | |
2334 void | |
2335 free_window_matrices (w) | |
2336 struct window *w; | |
2337 { | |
2338 while (w) | |
2339 { | |
2340 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2341 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2342 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2343 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2344 else | |
2345 { | |
2346 /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
2347 to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
2348 W. */ | |
2349 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2350 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2351 w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
2352 } | |
2353 | |
2354 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
2355 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2356 } | |
2357 } | |
2358 | |
2359 | |
2360 /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
2361 shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
2362 exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
2363 explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2364 |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2365 void |
25012 | 2366 check_glyph_memory () |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2367 { |
25012 | 2368 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
2369 | |
2370 /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
2371 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2372 free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
2373 | |
2374 /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
2375 if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
2376 abort (); | |
2377 if (glyph_pool_count) | |
2378 abort (); | |
2379 } | |
2380 | |
2381 | |
2382 | |
2383 /********************************************************************** | |
2384 Building a Frame Matrix | |
2385 **********************************************************************/ | |
2386 | |
2387 /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
2388 windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
2389 suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
2390 on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
2391 must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
2392 screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
2393 window matrices in this section. | |
2394 | |
2395 Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
2396 For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
2397 desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
2398 made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
2399 | |
2400 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2401 | desired | desired | | |
2402 | | | | |
2403 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2404 | current | | |
2405 | | | |
2406 +----------------------------------+ | |
2407 | |
2408 Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
2409 cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
2410 desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
2411 possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
2412 the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
2413 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
2414 | |
2415 Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
2416 up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
2417 matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
2418 enabled. | |
2419 | |
2420 After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to | |
2421 terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
2422 frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
2423 to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
2424 | |
2425 This problem is solved like this: | |
2426 | |
2427 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
2428 constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
2429 contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
2430 glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
2431 automatically. | |
2432 | |
2433 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are | |
2434 intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
2435 on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
2436 use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
2437 assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
2438 window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
2439 window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
2440 glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
2441 mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
2442 current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
2443 | |
2444 /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
2445 which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
2446 bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
2447 sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
2448 | |
2449 static void | |
2450 build_frame_matrix (f) | |
2451 struct frame *f; | |
2452 { | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2453 int i; |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2454 |
25012 | 2455 /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ |
2456 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
2457 | |
2458 /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. | |
2459 Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
2460 for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
2461 clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
2462 | |
2463 /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
2464 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
2465 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
2466 } | |
2467 | |
2468 | |
2469 /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
2470 matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
2471 | |
2472 static void | |
2473 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, w) | |
2474 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2475 struct window *w; | |
2476 { | |
2477 while (w) | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2478 { |
25012 | 2479 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
2480 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2481 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2482 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2483 else | |
2484 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
2485 | |
2486 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2487 } |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2488 } |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2489 |
25012 | 2490 |
2491 /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
2492 desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
2493 current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
2494 must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
2495 FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
2496 is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
2497 Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
2498 frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
2499 means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
2500 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
2501 | |
2502 static void | |
2503 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (frame_matrix, w) | |
2504 struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix; | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2505 struct window *w; |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2506 { |
25012 | 2507 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; |
2508 int window_y, frame_y; | |
2509 /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
2510 GLYPH right_border_glyph = 0; | |
2511 | |
2512 /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
2513 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
2514 { | |
2515 window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
2516 | |
2517 /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
2518 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
2519 { | |
2520 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
2521 right_border_glyph = (dp && INTEGERP (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2522 ? XINT (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2523 : '|'); | |
2524 } | |
2525 } | |
2526 else | |
2527 window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
2528 | |
2529 /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
2530 frame matrix. */ | |
2531 window_y = 0; | |
2532 frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2533 while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2534 { |
25012 | 2535 struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; |
2536 struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2537 int current_row_p = window_matrix == w->current_matrix; |
25012 | 2538 |
2539 /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
2540 window row. */ | |
2541 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
2542 | |
2543 /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
2544 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2545 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2546 /* If only part of W's desired matrix has been built, and |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2547 window_row wasn't displayed, use the corresponding current |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2548 row instead. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2549 if (window_matrix == w->desired_matrix |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2550 && !window_row->enabled_p) |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2551 { |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2552 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows + window_y; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2553 current_row_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2554 } |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2555 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2556 if (current_row_p) |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2557 { |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2558 /* Copy window row to frame row. */ |
25012 | 2559 bcopy (window_row->glyphs[0], |
2560 frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, | |
2561 window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
2562 } | |
2563 else | |
2564 { | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2565 xassert (window_row->enabled_p); |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2566 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2567 /* Only when a desired row has been displayed, we want |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2568 the corresponding frame row to be updated. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2569 frame_row->enabled_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2570 |
25012 | 2571 /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent |
2572 windows. */ | |
2573 if (right_border_glyph) | |
2574 { | |
2575 struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
2576 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
2577 } | |
2578 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2579 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be necessary. Let's check it. */ |
25012 | 2580 /* Due to hooks installed, it normally doesn't happen that |
2581 window rows and frame rows of the same matrix are out of | |
2582 sync, i.e. have a different understanding of where to | |
2583 find glyphs for the row. The following is a safety-belt | |
2584 that doesn't cost much and makes absolutely sure that | |
2585 window and frame matrices are in sync. */ | |
2586 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)) | |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2587 { |
25012 | 2588 /* Find the row in the window being a slice. There |
2589 should exist one from program logic. */ | |
2590 struct glyph_row *slice_row | |
2591 = find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, frame_y); | |
2592 xassert (slice_row != 0); | |
2593 | |
2594 /* Exchange glyphs between both window rows. */ | |
2595 swap_glyphs_in_rows (window_row, slice_row); | |
2596 | |
2597 /* Exchange pointers between both rows. */ | |
2598 swap_glyph_pointers (window_row, slice_row); | |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2599 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2600 #endif |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2601 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2602 /* Window row window_y must be a slice of frame row |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2603 frame_y. */ |
25012 | 2604 xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2605 |
25012 | 2606 /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because |
2607 frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2608 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2609 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2610 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2611 #endif |
25012 | 2612 } |
2613 | |
2614 /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
2615 up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
2616 can be done simply. */ | |
2617 frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] | |
2618 = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; | |
2619 | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2620 /* Or in other flags. */ |
25012 | 2621 frame_row->inverse_p |= window_row->inverse_p; |
2622 | |
2623 /* Next row. */ | |
2624 ++window_y; | |
2625 ++frame_y; | |
2626 } | |
2627 } | |
2628 | |
2629 | |
2630 /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
2631 | |
2632 Each row has the form: | |
2633 | |
2634 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2635 | left | text | right | | |
2636 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2637 | |
2638 Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
2639 spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
2640 In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
2641 is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
2642 is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
2643 | |
2644 To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
2645 | |
2646 static void | |
2647 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (row) | |
2648 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2649 { | |
2650 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2651 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
2652 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2653 } | |
2654 | |
2655 | |
2656 /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
2657 frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
2658 | |
2659 static void | |
2660 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, area) | |
2661 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2662 int area; | |
2663 { | |
2664 if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
2665 { | |
2666 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
2667 struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
2668 | |
2669 while (text < end) | |
2670 *text++ = space_glyph; | |
2671 row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
2672 } | |
2673 } | |
2674 | |
2675 | |
2676 /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
2677 reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
2678 | |
2679 static void | |
2680 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (row, upto) | |
2681 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2682 int upto; | |
2683 { | |
2684 int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2685 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2686 | |
2687 while (i < upto) | |
2688 glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
2689 | |
2690 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
2691 } | |
2692 | |
2693 | |
2694 | |
2695 /********************************************************************** | |
2696 Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
2697 **********************************************************************/ | |
2698 | |
2699 /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
2700 function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
2701 working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
2702 | |
2703 static INLINE void | |
2704 set_frame_matrix_frame (f) | |
2705 struct frame *f; | |
2706 { | |
2707 frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
2708 } | |
2709 | |
2710 | |
2711 /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
2712 DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
2713 CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
2714 between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
2715 frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
2716 done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
2717 operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
2718 | |
2719 static INLINE void | |
2720 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, row) | |
2721 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, *current_matrix; | |
2722 int row; | |
2723 { | |
2724 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
2725 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2726 int mouse_face_p = current_row->mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2727 |
2728 /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
2729 between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
2730 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
2731 | |
2732 /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
2733 current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2734 current_row->mouse_face_p = mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2735 |
2736 /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
2737 for window matrices. */ | |
2738 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2739 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
2740 } | |
2741 | |
2742 | |
2743 /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
2744 W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
2745 current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
2746 matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
2747 | |
2748 static void | |
2749 mirror_make_current (w, frame_row) | |
2750 struct window *w; | |
2751 int frame_row; | |
2752 { | |
2753 while (w) | |
2754 { | |
2755 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2756 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
2757 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2758 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
2759 else | |
2760 { | |
2761 /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
2762 here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
2763 will not allow the conversion. */ | |
2764 int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2765 | |
2766 /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
2767 current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
2768 if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2769 { |
25012 | 2770 struct glyph_row *current_row |
2771 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
2772 struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
2773 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2774 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2775 if (desired_row->enabled_p) |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2776 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2777 else |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2778 swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); |
25012 | 2779 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2780 } |
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2781 } |
25012 | 2782 |
2783 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2784 } |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2785 } |
25012 | 2786 |
2787 | |
2788 /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
2789 lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
2790 including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
2791 row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
2792 to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
2793 index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
2794 row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
2795 | |
2796 This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
2797 | |
2798 void | |
2799 mirrored_line_dance (matrix, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, | |
2800 retained_p) | |
2801 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2802 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
2803 int *copy_from; | |
2804 char *retained_p; | |
2805 { | |
2806 /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
2807 struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
2808 | |
2809 /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
2810 struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
2811 | |
2812 int i; | |
2813 | |
2814 /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
2815 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2816 bcopy (new_rows, old_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2817 | |
2818 /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
2819 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
2820 { | |
2821 int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
2822 | |
2823 xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
2824 xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
2825 new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
2826 new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
2827 | |
2828 /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
2829 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
2830 new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
2831 } | |
2832 | |
2833 /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX Is a frame matrix. */ | |
2834 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2835 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
2836 unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
2837 } | |
2838 | |
2839 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2840 /* Synchronize glyph pointers in the current matrix of window W with |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2841 the current frame matrix. W must be full-width, and be on a tty |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2842 frame. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2843 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2844 static void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2845 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2846 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2847 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2848 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2849 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2850 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2851 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2852 must have a frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2853 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2854 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2855 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2856 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2857 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2858 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2859 corresponding frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2860 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2861 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2862 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2863 while (window_row < window_row_end) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2864 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2865 int area; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2866 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2867 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2868 window_row->glyphs[area] = frame_row->glyphs[area]; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2869 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2870 ++window_row, ++frame_row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2871 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2872 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2873 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2874 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2875 /* Return the window in the window tree rooted in W containing frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2876 row ROW. Value is null if none is found. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2877 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2878 struct window * |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2879 frame_row_to_window (w, row) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2880 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2881 int row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2882 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2883 struct window *found = NULL; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2884 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2885 while (w && !found) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2886 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2887 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2888 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->hchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2889 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2890 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->vchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2891 else if (row >= XFASTINT (w->top) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2892 && row < XFASTINT (w->top) + XFASTINT (w->height)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2893 found = w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2894 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2895 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2896 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2897 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2898 return found; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2899 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2900 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2901 |
25012 | 2902 /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after |
2903 scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
2904 | |
2905 We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
2906 UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
2907 COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
2908 I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
2909 index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
2910 RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
2911 which is empty. */ | |
2912 | |
2913 static void | |
2914 mirror_line_dance (w, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p) | |
2915 struct window *w; | |
2916 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
2917 int *copy_from; | |
2918 char *retained_p; | |
2919 { | |
2920 while (w) | |
2921 { | |
2922 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2923 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
2924 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
2925 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2926 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
2927 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
2928 else | |
2929 { | |
2930 /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
2931 matrix m. */ | |
2932 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2933 int i, sync_p = 0; |
25012 | 2934 struct glyph_row *old_rows; |
2935 | |
2936 /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
2937 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2938 bcopy (m->rows, old_rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2939 | |
2940 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
2941 { | |
2942 /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
2943 int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
2944 | |
2945 /* Frame relative line assigned. */ | |
2946 int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
2947 | |
2948 /* Window relative line assigned to. */ | |
2949 int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
2950 | |
2951 /* Window relative line assigned. */ | |
2952 int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
2953 | |
2954 /* Is assigned line inside window? */ | |
2955 int from_inside_window_p | |
2956 = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
2957 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2958 /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2959 int to_inside_window_p |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2960 = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2961 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2962 if (from_inside_window_p && to_inside_window_p) |
25012 | 2963 { |
2964 /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
2965 int enabled_before_p; | |
2966 | |
2967 /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved | |
2968 over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
2969 that. */ | |
2970 enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
2971 m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
2972 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
2973 | |
2974 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ | |
2975 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
2976 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
2977 } | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2978 else if (to_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2979 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2980 /* A copy between windows. This is an infrequent |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2981 case not worth optimizing. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2982 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2983 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2984 struct window *w2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2985 struct glyph_matrix *m2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2986 int m2_from; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2987 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2988 w2 = frame_row_to_window (root, frame_to); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2989 m2 = w2->current_matrix; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2990 m2_from = frame_from - m2->matrix_y; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2991 copy_row_except_pointers (m->rows + window_to, |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2992 m2->rows + m2_from); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2993 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2994 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2995 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2996 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2997 sync_p = 1; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2998 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2999 else if (from_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3000 sync_p = 1; |
25012 | 3001 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3002 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3003 /* If there was a copy between windows, make sure glyph |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3004 pointers are in sync with the frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3005 if (sync_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3006 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w); |
25012 | 3007 |
3008 /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ | |
3009 CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
3010 } | |
3011 | |
3012 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
3013 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3014 } | |
3015 } | |
3016 | |
3017 | |
3018 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3019 | |
3020 /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
3021 understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
3022 window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
3023 matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
3024 glyph pointers. */ | |
314 | 3025 |
21514 | 3026 void |
25012 | 3027 check_window_matrix_pointers (w) |
314 | 3028 struct window *w; |
3029 { | |
25012 | 3030 while (w) |
3031 { | |
3032 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3033 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
3034 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3035 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
3036 else | |
3037 { | |
3038 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3039 check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
3040 check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
3041 } | |
3042 | |
3043 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3044 } | |
3045 } | |
3046 | |
3047 | |
3048 /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
3049 a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
3050 each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
3051 corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
3052 | |
3053 static void | |
3054 check_matrix_pointers (window_matrix, frame_matrix) | |
3055 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
3056 { | |
3057 /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
3058 int i = 0; | |
3059 | |
3060 /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
3061 int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
3062 | |
3063 /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a | |
3064 slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't | |
3065 mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
3066 while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
3067 { | |
3068 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
3069 frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
3070 abort (); | |
3071 ++i, ++j; | |
3072 } | |
3073 } | |
3074 | |
3075 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
3076 | |
3077 | |
3078 | |
3079 /********************************************************************** | |
3080 VPOS and HPOS translations | |
3081 **********************************************************************/ | |
3082 | |
3083 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3084 | |
3085 /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
3086 vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3087 | |
3088 static int | |
3089 window_to_frame_vpos (w, vpos) | |
3090 struct window *w; | |
3091 int vpos; | |
3092 { | |
3093 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3094 | |
3095 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
3096 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
3097 vpos += XFASTINT (w->top); | |
3098 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
3099 return vpos; | |
3100 } | |
3101 | |
3102 | |
3103 /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
3104 a vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3105 | |
3106 static int | |
3107 window_to_frame_hpos (w, hpos) | |
3108 struct window *w; | |
3109 int hpos; | |
3110 { | |
3111 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3112 | |
3113 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
3114 hpos += XFASTINT (w->left); | |
3115 return hpos; | |
314 | 3116 } |
25012 | 3117 |
3118 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ | |
3119 | |
3120 | |
314 | 3121 |
25012 | 3122 /********************************************************************** |
3123 Redrawing Frames | |
3124 **********************************************************************/ | |
3125 | |
3126 DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
3127 "Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it.") | |
3128 (frame) | |
3129 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3130 { | |
3131 struct frame *f; | |
3132 | |
3133 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame, 0); | |
3134 f = XFRAME (frame); | |
3135 | |
3136 /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
3137 (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
3138 called so early here). */ | |
3139 if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
3140 return Qnil; | |
3141 | |
3142 update_begin (f); | |
3143 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) | |
3144 set_terminal_modes (); | |
3145 clear_frame (); | |
3146 clear_current_matrices (f); | |
3147 update_end (f); | |
3148 fflush (stdout); | |
3149 windows_or_buffers_changed++; | |
3150 /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
3151 its redisplay done. */ | |
3152 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
3153 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
3154 f->garbaged = 0; | |
3155 return Qnil; | |
3156 } | |
3157 | |
3158 | |
3159 /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
3160 function redraw-frame. */ | |
3161 | |
3162 void | |
3163 redraw_frame (f) | |
3164 struct frame *f; | |
3165 { | |
3166 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3167 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3168 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3169 } | |
3170 | |
3171 | |
3172 DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
3173 "Clear and redisplay all visible frames.") | |
3174 () | |
3175 { | |
3176 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3177 | |
3178 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3179 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3180 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3181 | |
3182 return Qnil; | |
3183 } | |
3184 | |
3185 | |
3186 /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
3187 visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
3188 | |
3189 void | |
3190 redraw_garbaged_frames () | |
3191 { | |
3192 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3193 | |
3194 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3195 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
3196 && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3197 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3198 } | |
3199 | |
3200 | |
3201 | |
3202 /*********************************************************************** | |
3203 Direct Operations | |
3204 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3205 | |
3206 /* Try to update display and current glyph matrix directly. | |
3207 | |
3208 This function is called after a character G has been inserted into | |
3209 current_buffer. It tries to update the current glyph matrix and | |
3210 perform appropriate screen output to reflect the insertion. If it | |
3211 succeeds, the global flag redisplay_performed_directly_p will be | |
3212 set to 1, and thereby prevent the more costly general redisplay | |
3213 from running (see redisplay_internal). | |
3214 | |
3215 This function is not called for `hairy' character insertions. | |
3216 In particular, it is not called when after or before change | |
3217 functions exist, like they are used by font-lock. See keyboard.c | |
3218 for details where this function is called. */ | |
314 | 3219 |
3220 int | |
3221 direct_output_for_insert (g) | |
3222 int g; | |
3223 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3224 register struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3225 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3226 struct it it, it2; | |
3227 struct glyph_row *glyph_row; | |
3228 struct glyph *glyphs, *glyph, *end; | |
3229 int n; | |
3230 /* Non-null means that Redisplay of W is based on window matrices. */ | |
3231 int window_redisplay_p = FRAME_WINDOW_P (f); | |
3232 /* Non-null means we are in overwrite mode. */ | |
3233 int overwrite_p = !NILP (current_buffer->overwrite_mode); | |
3234 int added_width; | |
3235 struct text_pos pos; | |
3236 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
3237 | |
3238 /* Not done directly. */ | |
3239 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0; | |
3240 | |
3241 /* Quickly give up for some common cases. */ | |
3242 if (cursor_in_echo_area | |
3243 /* Give up if fonts have changed. */ | |
3244 || fonts_changed_p | |
3245 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ | |
3246 || face_change_count | |
3247 /* Give up if cursor position not really known. */ | |
314 | 3248 || !display_completed |
25012 | 3249 /* Give up if buffer appears in two places. */ |
314 | 3250 || buffer_shared > 1 |
34715
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3251 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3252 minibuffer contents. */ |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3253 || (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window) |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3254 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
25012 | 3255 /* Give up for hscrolled mini-buffer because display of the prompt |
3256 is handled specially there (see display_line). */ | |
3257 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && XFASTINT (w->hscroll)) | |
3258 /* Give up if overwriting in the middle of a line. */ | |
3259 || (overwrite_p | |
3260 && PT != ZV | |
3261 && FETCH_BYTE (PT) != '\n') | |
3262 /* Give up for tabs and line ends. */ | |
3263 || g == '\t' | |
3264 || g == '\n' | |
3265 || g == '\r' | |
3266 /* Give up if unable to display the cursor in the window. */ | |
3267 || w->cursor.vpos < 0 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3268 || (glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos), |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3269 /* Can't do it in a continued line because continuation |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3270 lines would change. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3271 (glyph_row->continued_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3272 /* Can't use this method if the line overlaps others or is |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3273 overlapped by others because these other lines would |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3274 have to be redisplayed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3275 || glyph_row->overlapping_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3276 || glyph_row->overlapped_p)) |
25012 | 3277 /* Can't do it for partial width windows on terminal frames |
3278 because we can't clear to eol in such a window. */ | |
3279 || (!window_redisplay_p && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))) | |
3280 return 0; | |
3281 | |
3282 /* Set up a display iterator structure for W. Glyphs will be | |
3283 produced in scratch_glyph_row. Current position is W's cursor | |
3284 position. */ | |
3285 clear_glyph_row (&scratch_glyph_row); | |
3286 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE); | |
28361
eccb57c44da5
(direct_output_for_insert): Use DEC_TEXT_POS
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27968
diff
changeset
|
3287 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters)); |
25012 | 3288 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), &scratch_glyph_row, |
3289 DEFAULT_FACE_ID); | |
3290 | |
3291 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3292 if (glyph_row->mouse_face_p) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3293 return 0; |
25012 | 3294 |
3295 /* Give up if highlighting trailing whitespace and we have trailing | |
3296 whitespace in glyph_row. We would have to remove the trailing | |
3297 whitespace face in that case. */ | |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3298 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace) |
25012 | 3299 && glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
3300 { | |
3301 struct glyph *last; | |
3302 | |
3303 last = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; | |
3304 if (last->type == STRETCH_GLYPH | |
3305 || (last->type == CHAR_GLYPH | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
3306 && last->u.ch == ' ')) |
25012 | 3307 return 0; |
3308 } | |
3309 | |
3310 /* Give up if there are overlay strings at pos. This would fail | |
3311 if the overlay string has newlines in it. */ | |
3312 if (STRINGP (it.string)) | |
3313 return 0; | |
3314 | |
3315 it.hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
3316 it.vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
3317 it.current_x = w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x; | |
3318 it.current_y = w->cursor.y; | |
3319 it.end_charpos = PT; | |
3320 it.stop_charpos = min (PT, it.stop_charpos); | |
3321 | |
3322 /* More than one display element may be returned for PT - 1 if | |
3323 (i) it's a control character which is translated into `\003' or | |
3324 `^C', or (ii) it has a display table entry, or (iii) it's a | |
3325 combination of both. */ | |
3326 delta = delta_bytes = 0; | |
3327 while (get_next_display_element (&it)) | |
3328 { | |
3329 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it); | |
3330 | |
3331 /* Give up if glyph doesn't fit completely on the line. */ | |
3332 if (it.current_x >= it.last_visible_x) | |
3333 return 0; | |
3334 | |
3335 /* Give up if new glyph has different ascent or descent than | |
3336 the original row, or if it is not a character glyph. */ | |
3337 if (glyph_row->ascent != it.ascent | |
3338 || glyph_row->height != it.ascent + it.descent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3339 || glyph_row->phys_ascent != it.phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3340 || glyph_row->phys_height != it.phys_ascent + it.phys_descent |
25012 | 3341 || it.what != IT_CHARACTER) |
3342 return 0; | |
3343 | |
3344 delta += 1; | |
3345 delta_bytes += it.len; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3346 set_iterator_to_next (&it, 1); |
25012 | 3347 } |
3348 | |
3349 /* Give up if we hit the right edge of the window. We would have | |
3350 to insert truncation or continuation glyphs. */ | |
3351 added_width = it.current_x - (w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x); | |
3352 if (glyph_row->pixel_width + added_width >= it.last_visible_x) | |
314 | 3353 return 0; |
3354 | |
25012 | 3355 /* Give up if there is a \t following in the line. */ |
3356 it2 = it; | |
3357 it2.end_charpos = ZV; | |
3358 it2.stop_charpos = min (it2.stop_charpos, ZV); | |
3359 while (get_next_display_element (&it2) | |
3360 && !ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it2)) | |
3361 { | |
3362 if (it2.c == '\t') | |
3363 return 0; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3364 set_iterator_to_next (&it2, 1); |
25012 | 3365 } |
3366 | |
3367 /* Number of new glyphs produced. */ | |
3368 n = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3369 | |
3370 /* Start and end of glyphs in original row. */ | |
3371 glyphs = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + w->cursor.hpos; | |
3372 end = glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA]; | |
3373 | |
3374 /* Make room for new glyphs, then insert them. */ | |
3375 xassert (end - glyphs - n >= 0); | |
25781
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3376 safe_bcopy ((char *) glyphs, (char *) (glyphs + n), |
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3377 (end - glyphs - n) * sizeof (*end)); |
25012 | 3378 bcopy (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], glyphs, n * sizeof *glyphs); |
3379 glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = min (glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] + n, | |
3380 end - glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); | |
3381 | |
3382 /* Compute new line width. */ | |
3383 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3384 end = glyph + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3385 glyph_row->pixel_width = glyph_row->x; | |
3386 while (glyph < end) | |
3387 { | |
3388 glyph_row->pixel_width += glyph->pixel_width; | |
3389 ++glyph; | |
3390 } | |
3391 | |
3392 /* Increment buffer positions for glyphs following the newly | |
3393 inserted ones. */ | |
3394 for (glyph = glyphs + n; glyph < end; ++glyph) | |
26546
0f43cc91d6a5
(direct_output_for_insert): Increment glyph positions
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26499
diff
changeset
|
3395 if (glyph->charpos > 0 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
25012 | 3396 glyph->charpos += delta; |
3397 | |
3398 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) > 0) | |
3399 { | |
3400 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) += delta; | |
3401 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (glyph_row) += delta_bytes; | |
3402 } | |
3403 | |
3404 /* Adjust positions in lines following the one we are in. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3405 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3406 w->cursor.vpos + 1, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3407 w->current_matrix->nrows, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3408 delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 3409 |
3410 glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p | |
3411 |= it.glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; | |
3412 | |
26591
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3413 glyph_row->displays_text_p = 1; |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3414 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (max (w->cursor.vpos, |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3415 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))); |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3416 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3417 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
25012 | 3418 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it.f, glyph_row); |
3419 | |
3420 /* Write glyphs. If at end of row, we can simply call write_glyphs. | |
3421 In the middle, we have to insert glyphs. Note that this is now | |
3422 implemented for X frames. The implementation uses updated_window | |
3423 and updated_row. */ | |
3424 updated_row = glyph_row; | |
3425 update_begin (f); | |
3426 if (rif) | |
3427 { | |
3428 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
3429 | |
3430 if (glyphs == end - n) | |
3431 rif->write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3432 else | |
3433 rif->insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3434 } | |
3435 else | |
3436 { | |
3437 if (glyphs == end - n) | |
3438 write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3439 else | |
3440 insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3441 } | |
3442 | |
3443 w->cursor.hpos += n; | |
3444 w->cursor.x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x; | |
3445 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3446 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3447 | |
3448 /* How to set the cursor differs depending on whether we are | |
3449 using a frame matrix or a window matrix. Note that when | |
3450 a frame matrix is used, cursor_to expects frame coordinates, | |
3451 and the X and Y parameters are not used. */ | |
3452 if (window_redisplay_p) | |
3453 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3454 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3455 else | |
3456 { | |
3457 int x, y; | |
3458 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
3459 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
3460 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
3461 : 0)); | |
3462 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3463 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3464 } | |
3465 | |
3466 if (rif) | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3467 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1, 0); |
25012 | 3468 update_end (f); |
3469 updated_row = NULL; | |
3470 fflush (stdout); | |
3471 | |
3472 TRACE ((stderr, "direct output for insert\n")); | |
3473 | |
25372
acf281b41a38
(direct_output_for_insert): Set beg_unchanged
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25345
diff
changeset
|
3474 UNCHANGED_MODIFIED = MODIFF; |
acf281b41a38
(direct_output_for_insert): Set beg_unchanged
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25345
diff
changeset
|
3475 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG; |
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3476 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
25012 | 3477 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
3478 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, MODIFF); |
16195
e15e4bdcb8cc
(direct_output_for_insert): Set last_overlay_modified field in window.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16051
diff
changeset
|
3479 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, OVERLAY_MODIFF); |
314 | 3480 |
25012 | 3481 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3482 return 1; |
3483 } | |
3484 | |
25012 | 3485 |
3486 /* Perform a direct display update for moving PT by N positions | |
3487 left or right. N < 0 means a movement backwards. This function | |
3488 is currently only called for N == 1 or N == -1. */ | |
3489 | |
314 | 3490 int |
3491 direct_output_forward_char (n) | |
3492 int n; | |
3493 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3494 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3495 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3496 struct glyph_row *row; | |
3497 | |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3498 /* Give up if point moved out of or into a composition. */ |
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
3499 if (check_point_in_composition (current_buffer, XINT (w->last_point), |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3500 current_buffer, PT)) |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3501 return 0; |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3502 |
25012 | 3503 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ |
3504 if (face_change_count) | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
3505 return 0; |
25012 | 3506 |
3507 /* Give up if current matrix is not up to date or we are | |
3508 displaying a message. */ | |
3509 if (!display_completed || cursor_in_echo_area) | |
3510 return 0; | |
3511 | |
3512 /* Give up if the buffer's direction is reversed. */ | |
3513 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->direction_reversed)) | |
314 | 3514 return 0; |
11096
cac0367b1794
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use direct output at an overlay boundary.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10770
diff
changeset
|
3515 |
2794
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3516 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting a region. */ |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3517 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode) && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)) |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3518 return 0; |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3519 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3520 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting trailing whitespace. */ |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3521 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3522 return 0; |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3523 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3524 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3525 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3526 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1])) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3527 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3528 |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3529 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3530 minibuffer contents. */ |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3531 if (XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3532 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3533 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3534 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3535 /* Give up if we don't know where the cursor is. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3536 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3537 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3538 |
25012 | 3539 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); |
3540 | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
3541 /* Give up if PT is outside of the last known cursor row. */ |
25012 | 3542 if (PT <= MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) |
3543 || PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row)) | |
6069
07045ca8ff19
(direct_output_forward_char): Use Fget_char_property to test for invisibility.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6068
diff
changeset
|
3544 return 0; |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
3545 |
25012 | 3546 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
3547 |
25012 | 3548 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; |
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3549 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
25012 | 3550 |
3551 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3552 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3553 | |
3554 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
3555 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3556 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3557 else | |
3558 { | |
3559 int x, y; | |
3560 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
3561 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
3562 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
3563 : 0)); | |
3564 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3565 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3566 } | |
3567 | |
314 | 3568 fflush (stdout); |
25012 | 3569 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3570 return 1; |
3571 } | |
25012 | 3572 |
3573 | |
314 | 3574 |
25012 | 3575 /*********************************************************************** |
3576 Frame Update | |
3577 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3578 | |
3579 /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. | |
3580 | |
3581 If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting | |
3582 pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
3583 scrolling. | |
3584 | |
3585 Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
314 | 3586 |
3587 int | |
25012 | 3588 update_frame (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p) |
3589 struct frame *f; | |
3590 int force_p; | |
3591 int inhibit_hairy_id_p; | |
3592 { | |
3593 /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
3594 int paused_p; | |
3595 struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
3596 | |
3597 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
3598 { | |
3599 /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose | |
3600 flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
3601 | |
3602 /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
3603 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3604 | |
3605 /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
3606 when pending input is detected. */ | |
3607 update_begin (f); | |
3608 | |
3609 /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
3610 support. */ | |
3611 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
3612 update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
3613 | |
3614 /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3615 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 3616 { |
3617 Lisp_Object tem; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3618 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 3619 |
3620 /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
3621 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3622 { | |
3623 update_window (w, 1); | |
3624 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3625 | |
3626 /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
3627 reuse strings. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3628 tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3629 f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3630 f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; |
25012 | 3631 } |
3632 } | |
3633 | |
3634 | |
3635 /* Update windows. */ | |
3636 paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
3637 update_end (f); | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3638 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3639 #if 0 /* This flush is a performance bottleneck under X, |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3640 and it doesn't seem to be necessary anyway. */ |
25012 | 3641 rif->flush_display (f); |
3642 #endif | |
3643 } | |
3644 else | |
3645 { | |
3646 /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
3647 frame matrix we operate. */ | |
3648 set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
3649 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3650 /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3651 build_frame_matrix (f); |
3652 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3653 /* Update the display */ |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3654 update_begin (f); |
25012 | 3655 paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3656 update_end (f); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3657 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3658 if (termscript) |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3659 fflush (termscript); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3660 fflush (stdout); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3661 |
25012 | 3662 /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ |
3663 IF_DEBUG (check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window)); | |
3664 } | |
3665 | |
3666 /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ | |
3667 set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3668 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3669 display_completed = !paused_p; |
25012 | 3670 return paused_p; |
3671 } | |
3672 | |
3673 | |
3674 | |
3675 /************************************************************************ | |
3676 Window-based updates | |
3677 ************************************************************************/ | |
3678 | |
3679 /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
3680 don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
3681 | |
3682 static int | |
3683 update_window_tree (w, force_p) | |
3684 struct window *w; | |
3685 int force_p; | |
3686 { | |
3687 int paused_p = 0; | |
3688 | |
3689 while (w && !paused_p) | |
3690 { | |
3691 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3692 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
3693 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3694 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
3695 else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3696 paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
3697 | |
3698 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3699 } | |
3700 | |
3701 return paused_p; | |
3702 } | |
3703 | |
3704 | |
3705 /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
3706 FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
3707 | |
3708 void | |
3709 update_single_window (w, force_p) | |
3710 struct window *w; | |
3711 int force_p; | |
3712 { | |
3713 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3714 { | |
3715 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
3716 | |
3717 /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
3718 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3719 | |
3720 /* Update W. */ | |
3721 update_begin (f); | |
3722 update_window (w, force_p); | |
3723 update_end (f); | |
3724 | |
3725 /* Reset flag in W. */ | |
3726 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3727 } | |
3728 } | |
3729 | |
3730 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3731 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3732 overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3733 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3734 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3735 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3736 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3737 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3738 { |
30165
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3739 int i; |
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3740 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3741 /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3742 overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3743 already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3744 desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3745 current rows is 0. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3746 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3747 { |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3748 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3749 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3750 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3751 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3752 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3753 continue; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3754 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3755 if (row->overlapped_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3756 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3757 enum glyph_row_area area; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3758 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3759 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3760 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3761 updated_row = row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3762 updated_area = area; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3763 rif->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3764 if (row->used[area]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3765 rif->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], row->used[area]); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3766 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3767 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3768 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3769 row->overlapped_p = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3770 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3771 |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3772 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3773 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3774 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3775 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3776 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3777 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3778 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3779 others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3780 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3781 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3782 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3783 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3784 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3785 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3786 int i, bottom_y; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3787 struct glyph_row *row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3788 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3789 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3790 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3791 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3792 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3793 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3794 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3795 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3796 continue; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3797 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3798 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3799 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3800 if (row->overlapping_p && i > 0 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3801 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3802 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3803 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3804 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3805 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3806 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3807 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3808 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3809 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3810 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3811 /* Record in neighbor rows that ROW overwrites part of their |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3812 display. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3813 if (row->phys_ascent > row->ascent && i > 0) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3814 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3815 if ((row->phys_height - row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3816 > row->height - row->ascent) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3817 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3818 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3819 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3820 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3821 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3822 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3823 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3824 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3825 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3826 |
25012 | 3827 /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
3828 not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
3829 | |
3830 static int | |
3831 update_window (w, force_p) | |
3832 struct window *w; | |
3833 int force_p; | |
3834 { | |
3835 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
3836 int paused_p; | |
3837 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
3838 extern int input_pending; | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
3839 extern Lisp_Object do_mouse_tracking; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
3840 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
3841 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
25012 | 3842 extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
3843 #endif |
25012 | 3844 |
3845 /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ | |
3846 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
3847 xassert (updating_frame != NULL); | |
3848 | |
3849 /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
3850 if (redisplay_dont_pause) | |
3851 force_p = 1; | |
3852 else | |
3853 detect_input_pending (); | |
3854 | |
3855 /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do | |
3856 the update. */ | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
3857 if (force_p || !input_pending || !NILP (do_mouse_tracking)) |
25012 | 3858 { |
3859 struct glyph_row *row, *end; | |
3860 struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
25546 | 3861 struct glyph_row *header_line_row = NULL; |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
3862 int yb, changed_p = 0, mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0, n_updated; |
25012 | 3863 |
3864 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
3865 yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
3866 | |
3867 /* If window has a top line, update it before everything else. | |
3868 Adjust y-positions of other rows by the top line height. */ | |
3869 row = desired_matrix->rows; | |
3870 end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
3871 if (row->mode_line_p) | |
25546 | 3872 header_line_row = row++; |
25012 | 3873 |
3874 /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
3875 mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
3876 if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
3877 { | |
3878 mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
3879 update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3880 desired_matrix), |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3881 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3882 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 3883 } |
3884 | |
3885 /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
3886 may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
3887 be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
3888 while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
3889 ++row; | |
3890 | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
3891 /* Try reusing part of the display by copying. */ |
25012 | 3892 if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) |
3893 { | |
25546 | 3894 int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
25012 | 3895 if (rc < 0) |
3896 { | |
3897 /* All rows were found to be equal. */ | |
3898 paused_p = 0; | |
3899 goto set_cursor; | |
3900 } | |
3901 else if (rc > 0) | |
3902 force_p = 1; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3903 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 3904 } |
3905 | |
3906 /* Update the top mode line after scrolling because a new top | |
3907 line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window | |
3908 that can be scrolled. */ | |
25546 | 3909 if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 3910 { |
25546 | 3911 header_line_row->y = 0; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3912 update_window_line (w, 0, &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3913 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 3914 } |
3915 | |
3916 /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
3917 for (n_updated = 0; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) |
31653
2554afbeb88d
(update_window): Make sure to make desired rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31295
diff
changeset
|
3918 if (row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 3919 { |
3920 int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
3921 int i; | |
3922 | |
3923 /* We'll Have to play a little bit with when to | |
3924 detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, | |
3925 scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
3926 commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
3927 if (!force_p && ++n_updated % preempt_count == 0) |
25012 | 3928 detect_input_pending (); |
3929 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3930 changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos, |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3931 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 3932 |
3933 /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
3934 matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
3935 variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
3936 successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
3937 lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
3938 If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
3939 current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
3940 tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
3941 in the first redisplay. */ | |
3942 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
3943 for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
3944 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
3945 } | |
3946 | |
3947 /* Was display preempted? */ | |
3948 paused_p = row < end; | |
3949 | |
3950 set_cursor: | |
3951 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3952 /* Fix the appearance of overlapping(overlapped rows. */ |
25012 | 3953 if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
3954 { | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3955 if (changed_p && rif->fix_overlapping_area) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3956 { |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3957 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3958 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3959 } |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3960 |
25012 | 3961 /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ |
3962 set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
3963 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3964 #if 0 /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This is |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3965 for debugging only. See the comment of check_matrix_invariants. */ |
25012 | 3966 IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); |
3967 #endif | |
3968 } | |
3969 | |
3970 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3971 /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
3972 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
3973 #endif | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3974 |
25012 | 3975 /* End of update of window W. */ |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3976 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1, mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 3977 } |
3978 else | |
3979 paused_p = 1; | |
3980 | |
3981 clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3982 |
25012 | 3983 return paused_p; |
3984 } | |
3985 | |
3986 | |
3987 /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. | |
3988 AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
3989 | |
3990 static void | |
3991 update_marginal_area (w, area, vpos) | |
3992 struct window *w; | |
3993 int area, vpos; | |
3994 { | |
3995 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
3996 | |
3997 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
3998 will be relative to. */ | |
3999 updated_area = area; | |
4000 | |
4001 /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
4002 of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
4003 necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
4004 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
4005 if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
4006 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
4007 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
4008 } | |
4009 | |
4010 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4011 /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4012 Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4013 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4014 static int |
25012 | 4015 update_text_area (w, vpos) |
4016 struct window *w; | |
4017 int vpos; | |
314 | 4018 { |
25012 | 4019 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
4020 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4021 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4022 |
4023 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4024 will be relative to. */ | |
4025 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
4026 | |
4027 /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, | |
4028 or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
4029 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
4030 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
4031 || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4032 || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4033 || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height |
25012 | 4034 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4035 || current_row->overlapped_p |
30307
faf4e303bab7
(update_text_area): Write the whole row if it
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30165
diff
changeset
|
4036 || current_row->mouse_face_p |
25012 | 4037 || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
4038 { | |
4039 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
4040 | |
4041 if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4042 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
4043 desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
4044 | |
4045 /* Clear to end of window. */ | |
4046 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4047 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4048 } |
4049 else | |
4050 { | |
4051 int stop, i, x; | |
4052 struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4053 struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4054 int overlapping_glyphs_p = current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; |
25012 | 4055 |
4056 /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, | |
4057 make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face | |
4058 extension actually takes place. */ | |
4059 int desired_stop_pos = (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] | |
4060 - (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row) | |
4061 ? 1 : 0)); | |
4062 | |
4063 stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); | |
4064 i = 0; | |
4065 x = desired_row->x; | |
4066 | |
4067 while (i < stop) | |
4068 { | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4069 int can_skip_p = 1; |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4070 |
25012 | 4071 /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4072 don't have to be written. We can't skip if the last |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4073 current glyph overlaps the glyph to its right. For |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4074 example, consider a current row of `if ' with the `f' in |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4075 Courier bold so that it overlaps the ` ' to its right. |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4076 If the desired row is ` ', we would skip over the space |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4077 after the `if' and there would remain a pixel from the |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4078 `f' on the screen. */ |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4079 if (overlapping_glyphs_p && i > 0) |
25012 | 4080 { |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4081 struct glyph *glyph = ¤t_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i - 1]; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4082 int left, right; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4083 |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4084 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4085 &left, &right); |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4086 can_skip_p = right == 0; |
25012 | 4087 } |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4088 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4089 if (can_skip_p) |
25012 | 4090 { |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4091 while (i < stop |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4092 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4093 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4094 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4095 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4096 } |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4097 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4098 /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4099 ppp ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4100 is "xxx ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4101 has not. The loop above will stop in front of the |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4102 first `p' in the current row. If we would start |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4103 writing glyphs there, we wouldn't erase the lbearing |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4104 of the `p'. The rest of the lbearing problem is then |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4105 taken care of by x_draw_glyphs. */ |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4106 if (overlapping_glyphs_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4107 && i > 0 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4108 && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4109 && (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4110 != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA])) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4111 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4112 int left, right; |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4113 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4114 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4115 &left, &right); |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4116 while (left > 0 && i > 0) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4117 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4118 --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4119 x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4120 left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4121 } |
25012 | 4122 } |
4123 } | |
4124 | |
4125 /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row | |
4126 by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
4127 mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
4128 fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
4129 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4130 { | |
4131 int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
4132 struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
4133 int current_x = x; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4134 int skip_first_p = !can_skip_p; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4135 |
25012 | 4136 /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ |
4137 while (i < stop | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4138 && (skip_first_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4139 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
25012 | 4140 && x == current_x) |
4141 { | |
4142 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4143 current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4144 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4145 skip_first_p = 0; |
25012 | 4146 } |
4147 | |
4148 if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) | |
4149 { | |
4150 i = start_hpos; | |
4151 x = start_x; | |
4152 desired_glyph = start; | |
4153 break; | |
4154 } | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4155 |
25012 | 4156 rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); |
4157 rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4158 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4159 } |
4160 } | |
4161 | |
4162 /* Write the rest. */ | |
4163 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4164 { | |
4165 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
4166 rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4167 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4168 } |
4169 | |
4170 /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ | |
4171 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
4172 { | |
4173 /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing | |
4174 has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
4175 above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
4176 appropriately above. */ | |
4177 xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
4178 } | |
4179 else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
4180 { | |
4181 /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
4182 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4183 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
4184 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
4185 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4186 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4187 } |
4188 else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
4189 { | |
4190 /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything | |
4191 after that position should be clear already. */ | |
4192 int x; | |
4193 | |
4194 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4195 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
4196 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
4197 | |
4198 /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
4199 it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
4200 with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
4201 doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
4202 this way. */ | |
4203 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
4204 && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4205 { | |
4206 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
4207 x = -1; | |
4208 } | |
4209 else | |
4210 x = current_row->x + current_row->pixel_width; | |
4211 rif->clear_end_of_line (x); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4212 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4213 } |
4214 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4215 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4216 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4217 } |
4218 | |
4219 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4220 /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4221 changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4222 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4223 static int |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4224 update_window_line (w, vpos, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
25012 | 4225 struct window *w; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4226 int vpos, *mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
25012 | 4227 { |
4228 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4229 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4230 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4231 |
4232 /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
4233 know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
4234 updated_row = desired_row; | |
4235 | |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4236 /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired matrix was |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4237 built with a vscroll and then make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4238 the matrix. Make sure to make such rows current anyway, since |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4239 we need the correct y-position, for example, in the current matrix. */ |
31726
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4240 if (desired_row->mode_line_p |
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4241 || desired_row->visible_height > 0) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4242 { |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4243 xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4244 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4245 /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4246 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4247 && !NILP (w->left_margin_width)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4248 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4249 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4250 update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4251 } |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4252 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4253 /* Update the display of the text area. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4254 if (update_text_area (w, vpos)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4255 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4256 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4257 if (current_row->mouse_face_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4258 *mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4259 } |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4260 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4261 /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4262 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4263 && !NILP (w->right_margin_width)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4264 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4265 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4266 update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4267 } |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4268 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4269 /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4270 if (!current_row->enabled_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4271 || desired_row->y != current_row->y |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4272 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4273 || desired_row->overlay_arrow_p != current_row->overlay_arrow_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4274 || desired_row->truncated_on_left_p != current_row->truncated_on_left_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4275 || desired_row->truncated_on_right_p != current_row->truncated_on_right_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4276 || desired_row->continued_p != current_row->continued_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4277 || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4278 || (desired_row->indicate_empty_line_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4279 != current_row->indicate_empty_line_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4280 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4281 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4282 rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4283 } |
25012 | 4284 |
4285 /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ | |
4286 make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4287 updated_row = NULL; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4288 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4289 } |
4290 | |
4291 | |
4292 /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
4293 be called from update_window. */ | |
4294 | |
4295 static void | |
4296 set_window_cursor_after_update (w) | |
4297 struct window *w; | |
4298 { | |
4299 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
4300 int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; | |
4301 | |
4302 /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
4303 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
4304 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4305 if (cursor_in_echo_area |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4306 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4307 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4308 show the cursor for the message instead. */ |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4309 && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4310 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25012 | 4311 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
4312 the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
4313 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
4314 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
4315 { | |
4316 cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
4317 | |
4318 if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
4319 { | |
4320 /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
4321 line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
4322 are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
4323 determine Y. */ | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4324 struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4325 struct glyph *glyph; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4326 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4327 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4328 last_row = NULL; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4329 for (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, 0); |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4330 row->enabled_p; |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4331 ++row) |
25012 | 4332 { |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4333 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4334 && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4335 last_row = row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4336 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4337 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4338 break; |
25012 | 4339 } |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4340 |
25012 | 4341 if (last_row) |
4342 { | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4343 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4344 struct glyph *last = start + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4345 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4346 while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4347 --last; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4348 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4349 for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4350 { |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4351 cx += glyph->pixel_width; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4352 ++hpos; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4353 } |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4354 |
25012 | 4355 cy = last_row->y; |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4356 vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 4357 } |
4358 } | |
4359 } | |
4360 else | |
4361 { | |
4362 cx = w->cursor.x; | |
4363 cy = w->cursor.y; | |
4364 hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
4365 vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
4366 } | |
4367 | |
4368 /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ | |
4369 hpos = max (0, hpos); | |
4370 hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); | |
4371 vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
4372 vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
4373 rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
4374 } | |
4375 | |
4376 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4377 /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p to ON_P for all windows in the window |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4378 tree rooted at W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4379 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4380 void |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4381 set_window_update_flags (w, on_p) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4382 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4383 int on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4384 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4385 while (w) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4386 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4387 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4388 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4389 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4390 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4391 else |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4392 w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4393 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4394 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4395 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4396 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4397 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4398 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4399 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4400 /*********************************************************************** |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4401 Window-Based Scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4402 ***********************************************************************/ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4403 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4404 /* Structure describing rows in scrolling_window. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4405 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4406 struct row_entry |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4407 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4408 /* Number of occurrences of this row in desired and current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4409 int old_uses, new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4410 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4411 /* Vpos of row in new matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4412 int new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4413 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4414 /* Bucket index of this row_entry in the hash table row_table. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4415 int bucket; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4416 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4417 /* The row described by this entry. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4418 struct glyph_row *row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4419 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4420 /* Hash collision chain. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4421 struct row_entry *next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4422 }; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4423 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4424 /* A pool to allocate row_entry structures from, and the size of the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4425 pool. The pool is reallocated in scrolling_window when we find |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4426 that we need a larger one. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4427 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4428 static struct row_entry *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4429 static int row_entry_pool_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4430 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4431 /* Index of next free entry in row_entry_pool. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4432 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4433 static int row_entry_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4434 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4435 /* The hash table used during scrolling, and the table's size. This |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4436 table is used to quickly identify equal rows in the desired and |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4437 current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4438 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4439 static struct row_entry **row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4440 static int row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4441 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4442 /* Vectors of pointers to row_entry structures belonging to the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4443 current and desired matrix, and the size of the vectors. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4444 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4445 static struct row_entry **old_lines, **new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4446 static int old_lines_size, new_lines_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4447 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4448 /* A pool to allocate run structures from, and its size. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4449 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4450 static struct run *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4451 static int runs_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4452 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4453 /* A vector of runs of lines found during scrolling. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4454 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4455 static struct run **runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4456 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4457 static struct row_entry *add_row_entry P_ ((struct window *, |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4458 struct glyph_row *)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4459 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4460 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4461 /* Add glyph row ROW to the scrolling hash table during the scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4462 of window W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4463 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4464 static INLINE struct row_entry * |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4465 add_row_entry (w, row) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4466 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4467 struct glyph_row *row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4468 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4469 struct row_entry *entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4470 int i = row->hash % row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4471 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4472 entry = row_table[i]; |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4473 while (entry && !row_equal_p (w, entry->row, row, 1)) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4474 entry = entry->next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4475 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4476 if (entry == NULL) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4477 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4478 entry = row_entry_pool + row_entry_idx++; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4479 entry->row = row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4480 entry->old_uses = entry->new_uses = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4481 entry->new_line_number = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4482 entry->bucket = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4483 entry->next = row_table[i]; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4484 row_table[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4485 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4486 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4487 return entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4488 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4489 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4490 |
25012 | 4491 /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. |
25546 | 4492 HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a top mode line. |
25012 | 4493 |
4494 The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
4495 Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
4496 O(N) time. | |
4497 | |
4498 A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
4499 | |
4500 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
4501 | |
4502 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
4503 table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
4504 | |
4505 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
4506 i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
4507 | |
4508 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
4509 forward and backward. | |
4510 | |
4511 Value is | |
4512 | |
4513 -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
4514 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
4515 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
4516 | |
4517 static int | |
25546 | 4518 scrolling_window (w, header_line_p) |
25012 | 4519 struct window *w; |
25546 | 4520 int header_line_p; |
25012 | 4521 { |
4522 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4523 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
4524 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4525 int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4526 int nruns, nbytes, n, run_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4527 struct row_entry *entry; |
25012 | 4528 |
4529 /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4530 for (i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; i < current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
25012 | 4531 { |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4532 struct glyph_row *d = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4533 struct glyph_row *c = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4534 |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4535 if (c->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4536 && d->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4537 && c->y == d->y |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4538 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (c) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4539 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (d) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4540 && row_equal_p (w, c, d, 1)) |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4541 { |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4542 assign_row (c, d); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4543 d->enabled_p = 0; |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4544 } |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4545 else |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4546 break; |
25012 | 4547 } |
4548 | |
4549 /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ | |
4550 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4551 return -1; | |
4552 | |
4553 first_old = first_new = i; | |
4554 | |
4555 /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4556 desired matrix. */ | |
4557 i = first_new + 1; | |
4558 while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
4559 && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4560 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
25012 | 4561 ++i; |
4562 | |
4563 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4564 return 0; | |
4565 | |
4566 last_new = i; | |
4567 | |
4568 /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4569 current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
4570 we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
4571 disabled. */ | |
4572 i = first_old + 1; | |
4573 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4574 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
25012 | 4575 ++i; |
4576 last_old = i; | |
4577 | |
4578 /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
4579 i = last_new; | |
4580 j = last_old; | |
4581 while (i - 1 > first_new | |
4582 && j - 1 > first_old | |
4583 && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
4584 && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
4585 == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
4586 && row_equal_p (w, | |
4587 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4588 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1), 1)) |
25012 | 4589 --i, --j; |
4590 last_new = i; | |
4591 last_old = j; | |
4592 | |
4593 /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
4594 if (last_new == first_new) | |
4595 return 0; | |
4596 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4597 /* Reallocate vectors, tables etc. if necessary. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4598 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4599 if (current_matrix->nrows > old_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4600 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4601 old_lines_size = current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4602 nbytes = old_lines_size * sizeof *old_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4603 old_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (old_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4604 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4605 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4606 if (desired_matrix->nrows > new_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4607 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4608 new_lines_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4609 nbytes = new_lines_size * sizeof *new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4610 new_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (new_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4611 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4612 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4613 n = desired_matrix->nrows + current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4614 if (3 * n > row_table_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4615 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4616 row_table_size = next_almost_prime (3 * n); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4617 nbytes = row_table_size * sizeof *row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4618 row_table = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4619 bzero (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4620 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4621 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4622 if (n > row_entry_pool_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4623 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4624 row_entry_pool_size = n; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4625 nbytes = row_entry_pool_size * sizeof *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4626 row_entry_pool = (struct row_entry *) xrealloc (row_entry_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4627 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4628 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4629 if (desired_matrix->nrows > runs_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4630 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4631 runs_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4632 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4633 runs = (struct run **) xrealloc (runs, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4634 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4635 run_pool = (struct run *) xrealloc (run_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4636 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4637 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4638 nruns = run_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4639 row_entry_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4640 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4641 /* Add rows from the current and desired matrix to the hash table |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4642 row_hash_table to be able to find equal ones quickly. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4643 |
25012 | 4644 for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) |
4645 { | |
4646 if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4647 { | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4648 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4649 old_lines[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4650 ++entry->old_uses; |
25012 | 4651 } |
4652 else | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4653 old_lines[i] = NULL; |
25012 | 4654 } |
4655 | |
4656 for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
4657 { | |
4658 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4659 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4660 ++entry->new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4661 entry->new_line_number = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4662 new_lines[i] = entry; |
25012 | 4663 } |
4664 | |
4665 /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal | |
4666 in both matrices. */ | |
4667 for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4668 if (old_lines[i] |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4669 && old_lines[i]->old_uses == 1 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4670 && old_lines[i]->new_uses == 1) |
25012 | 4671 { |
4672 int j, k; | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4673 int new_line = old_lines[i]->new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4674 struct run *run = run_pool + run_idx++; |
25012 | 4675 |
4676 /* Record move. */ | |
4677 run->current_vpos = i; | |
4678 run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
4679 run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
4680 run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
4681 run->nrows = 1; | |
4682 run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
4683 | |
4684 /* Extend backward. */ | |
4685 j = i - 1; | |
4686 k = new_line - 1; | |
4687 while (j > first_old | |
4688 && k > first_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4689 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4690 { |
4691 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
4692 --run->current_vpos; | |
4693 --run->desired_vpos; | |
4694 ++run->nrows; | |
4695 run->height += h; | |
4696 run->desired_y -= h; | |
4697 run->current_y -= h; | |
4698 --j, --k; | |
4699 } | |
4700 | |
4701 /* Extend forward. */ | |
4702 j = i + 1; | |
4703 k = new_line + 1; | |
4704 while (j < last_old | |
4705 && k < last_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4706 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4707 { |
4708 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
4709 ++run->nrows; | |
4710 run->height += h; | |
4711 ++j, ++k; | |
4712 } | |
4713 | |
4714 /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied | |
4715 pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
4716 be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
4717 because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
4718 case. */ | |
4719 for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
4720 ; | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
4721 for (k = nruns; k > j; --k) |
25012 | 4722 runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; |
4723 runs[j] = run; | |
4724 ++nruns; | |
4725 | |
4726 i += run->nrows; | |
4727 } | |
4728 else | |
4729 ++i; | |
4730 | |
4731 /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something | |
4732 we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
4733 because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
4734 exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
4735 | |
4736 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4737 | A | | B | | |
4738 +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
4739 | B | | A | | |
4740 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4741 | |
4742 Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would | |
4743 copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4744 | |
4745 for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) | |
4746 if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
4747 { | |
4748 struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
4749 | |
4750 /* Copy on the display. */ | |
4751 if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
4752 { | |
4753 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
4754 | |
4755 /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4756 for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
4757 { | |
4758 struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
4759 | |
4760 if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y | |
4761 && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
4762 || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
4763 && (p->current_y + p->height | |
4764 < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
4765 p->nrows = 0; | |
4766 } | |
4767 } | |
4768 | |
4769 /* Assign matrix rows. */ | |
4770 for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
4771 { | |
4772 struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4773 int to_overlapped_p; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4774 |
25012 | 4775 to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4776 from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4777 to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
25012 | 4778 assign_row (to, from); |
4779 to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4780 to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
25012 | 4781 } |
4782 } | |
4783 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4784 /* Clear the hash table, for the next time. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4785 for (i = 0; i < row_entry_idx; ++i) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4786 row_table[row_entry_pool[i].bucket] = NULL; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4787 |
25012 | 4788 /* Value is non-zero to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ |
4789 return 1; | |
4790 } | |
4791 | |
4792 | |
4793 | |
4794 /************************************************************************ | |
4795 Frame-Based Updates | |
4796 ************************************************************************/ | |
4797 | |
4798 /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. | |
4799 | |
4800 FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by | |
4801 pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
4802 should not be tried. | |
4803 | |
4804 Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
4805 | |
4806 static int | |
4807 update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_id_p) | |
4808 struct frame *f; | |
4809 int force_p; | |
4810 int inhibit_id_p; | |
4811 { | |
4812 /* Frame matrices to work on. */ | |
4813 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
4814 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
4815 int i; | |
314 | 4816 int pause; |
4817 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
21514 | 4818 extern int input_pending; |
25012 | 4819 |
4820 xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
314 | 4821 |
10122
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4822 if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4823 calculate_costs (f); |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4824 |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4825 if (preempt_count <= 0) |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4826 preempt_count = 1; |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4827 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
4828 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
4829 force_p = 1; |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
4830 else if (!force_p && detect_input_pending ()) |
314 | 4831 { |
4832 pause = 1; | |
4833 goto do_pause; | |
4834 } | |
4835 | |
25012 | 4836 /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
314 | 4837 if (!line_ins_del_ok) |
25012 | 4838 inhibit_id_p = 1; |
7188
7da4ad9a2a8f
(update_frame): Move those assignments even farther down.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7179
diff
changeset
|
4839 |
493 | 4840 /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
25012 | 4841 i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
4842 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
4843 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
314 | 4844 break; |
4845 | |
4846 /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
25012 | 4847 if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
4848 force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
314 | 4849 |
4850 /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
25012 | 4851 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
4852 update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
4853 | |
4854 /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ | |
4855 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
314 | 4856 { |
25012 | 4857 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
314 | 4858 { |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
4859 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
314 | 4860 { |
4861 /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
4862 Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
4863 otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
4864 really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
4865 int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); | |
4866 if (outq > 900 | |
4867 || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) | |
4868 { | |
4869 fflush (stdout); | |
4870 if (preempt_count == 1) | |
4871 { | |
554 | 4872 #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
4873 if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) | |
314 | 4874 /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
25012 | 4875 * the outq count. */ |
314 | 4876 outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); |
4877 #endif | |
4878 outq *= 10; | |
7530
57c2345a9002
(update_frame): Fix test of outq and baud_rate some more.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7529
diff
changeset
|
4879 if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4880 sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
314 | 4881 } |
4882 } | |
4883 } | |
4884 | |
16822
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
4885 if ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
4886 detect_input_pending (); |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
4887 |
25012 | 4888 update_frame_line (f, i); |
314 | 4889 } |
4890 } | |
25012 | 4891 |
764 | 4892 pause = (i < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
314 | 4893 |
4894 /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
4895 if (!pause) | |
4896 { | |
12409
6e374b28ecc3
(update_frame): Pretend cursor is in echo area
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12193
diff
changeset
|
4897 if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
25012 | 4898 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4899 show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
25012 | 4900 (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4901 || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4902 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4903 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4904 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
25012 | 4905 the active mini-buffer window. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4906 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
14459
c1d25453a95f
(update_frame): Compare FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14286
diff
changeset
|
4907 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
708 | 4908 { |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4909 int top = XINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4910 int row, col; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4911 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4912 if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4913 { |
25012 | 4914 /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
4915 cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4916 row = top; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4917 col = 0; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4918 } |
708 | 4919 else |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4920 { |
25012 | 4921 /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
4922 cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
4923 is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
4924 any text on it. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4925 row = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4926 do |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4927 { |
25012 | 4928 --row; |
4929 col = 0; | |
4930 | |
4931 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) | |
4932 { | |
4933 /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
4934 must be ignored here. */ | |
4935 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, | |
4936 row); | |
4937 struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4938 struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4939 | |
4940 while (last > start | |
4941 && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
4942 --last; | |
4943 | |
4944 col = last - start; | |
4945 } | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4946 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4947 while (row > top && col == 0); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4948 |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4949 /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
4950 if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4951 { |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4952 /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4953 if (row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4954 { |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4955 col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f); |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4956 row++; |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4957 } |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4958 /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4959 else |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
4960 col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4961 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4962 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4963 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4964 cursor_to (row, col); |
708 | 4965 } |
314 | 4966 else |
25012 | 4967 { |
4968 /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
4969 display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
4970 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
29687
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4971 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0 |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4972 /* The cursor vpos may be temporarily out of bounds |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4973 in the following situation: There is one window, |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4974 with the cursor in the lower half of it. The window |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4975 is split, and a message causes a redisplay before |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4976 a new cursor position has been computed. */ |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4977 && w->cursor.vpos < XFASTINT (w->height)) |
25012 | 4978 { |
4979 int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
4980 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
4981 | |
4982 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)) | |
4983 x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width); | |
4984 | |
4985 /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) - 1), 0); */ | |
4986 cursor_to (y, x); | |
4987 } | |
4988 } | |
314 | 4989 } |
4990 | |
4991 do_pause: | |
4992 | |
25012 | 4993 clear_desired_matrices (f); |
314 | 4994 return pause; |
4995 } | |
4996 | |
25012 | 4997 |
4998 /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ | |
314 | 4999 |
21514 | 5000 int |
764 | 5001 scrolling (frame) |
25012 | 5002 struct frame *frame; |
314 | 5003 { |
5004 int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
5005 int window_size; | |
5006 int changed_lines; | |
764 | 5007 int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
5008 int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
5009 int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5010 int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
314 | 5011 register int i; |
764 | 5012 int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
25012 | 5013 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
5014 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
5015 | |
5016 if (!current_matrix) | |
5017 abort (); | |
5018 | |
5019 /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of | |
5020 changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
5021 number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
314 | 5022 changed_lines = 0; |
5023 unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
764 | 5024 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
5025 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); i++) | |
314 | 5026 { |
5027 /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
25012 | 5028 if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5029 return 0; |
25012 | 5030 old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
5031 if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5032 { |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5033 /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5034 new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5035 #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5036 draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5037 } |
314 | 5038 else |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5039 { |
25012 | 5040 new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
5041 draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5042 } |
314 | 5043 |
5044 if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
5045 { | |
5046 changed_lines++; | |
764 | 5047 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - i - 1; |
314 | 5048 } |
5049 else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
5050 unchanged_at_top++; | |
25012 | 5051 old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
314 | 5052 } |
5053 | |
5054 /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
25012 | 5055 if ((!scroll_region_ok && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
764 | 5056 || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_HEIGHT (frame)) |
314 | 5057 return 1; |
5058 | |
764 | 5059 window_size = (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
314 | 5060 - unchanged_at_bottom); |
5061 | |
5062 if (scroll_region_ok) | |
5063 free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; | |
764 | 5064 else if (memory_below_frame) |
314 | 5065 free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
5066 | |
5067 /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
25012 | 5068 current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5069 if (!scroll_region_ok && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
314 | 5070 && (window_size >= |
5071 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
764 | 5072 FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5073 old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
5074 return 0; | |
5075 | |
25012 | 5076 if (window_size < 2) |
5077 return 0; | |
5078 | |
764 | 5079 scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5080 draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5081 old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
314 | 5082 old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
5083 new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
5084 free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
5085 | |
5086 return 0; | |
5087 } | |
25012 | 5088 |
5089 | |
5090 /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R | |
5091 which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
5092 | |
5093 static int | |
5094 count_blanks (r, len) | |
5095 struct glyph *r; | |
5096 int len; | |
314 | 5097 { |
25012 | 5098 int i; |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5099 |
25012 | 5100 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
5101 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
5102 break; | |
5103 | |
5104 return i; | |
314 | 5105 } |
25012 | 5106 |
5107 | |
5108 /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
5109 vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
5110 of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
314 | 5111 |
5112 static int | |
25012 | 5113 count_match (str1, end1, str2, end2) |
5114 struct glyph *str1, *end1, *str2, *end2; | |
314 | 5115 { |
25012 | 5116 struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
5117 struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
5118 | |
5119 while (p1 < end1 | |
5120 && p2 < end2 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
5121 && GLYPH_CHAR_AND_FACE_EQUAL_P (p1, p2)) |
25012 | 5122 ++p1, ++p2; |
5123 | |
5124 return p1 - str1; | |
314 | 5125 } |
5126 | |
25012 | 5127 |
314 | 5128 /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
25012 | 5129 |
314 | 5130 extern int *char_ins_del_vector; |
16267
05ca2cb9fe0f
(make_frame_glyphs, update_line, update_frame)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16256
diff
changeset
|
5131 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH((f))]) |
314 | 5132 |
25012 | 5133 |
5134 /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
5135 | |
314 | 5136 static void |
25012 | 5137 update_frame_line (frame, vpos) |
5138 register struct frame *frame; | |
314 | 5139 int vpos; |
5140 { | |
25012 | 5141 struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
314 | 5142 int tem; |
5143 int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
25012 | 5144 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
5145 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
5146 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); | |
5147 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
5148 int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5149 int write_spaces_p = must_write_spaces; |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5150 int colored_spaces_p = (FACE_FROM_ID (frame, DEFAULT_FACE_ID)->background |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5151 != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR); |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5152 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5153 if (colored_spaces_p) |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5154 write_spaces_p = 1; |
25012 | 5155 |
5156 if (desired_row->inverse_p | |
5157 != (current_row->enabled_p && current_row->inverse_p)) | |
314 | 5158 { |
25012 | 5159 int n = current_row->enabled_p ? current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] : 0; |
5160 change_line_highlight (desired_row->inverse_p, vpos, vpos, n); | |
5161 current_row->enabled_p = 0; | |
314 | 5162 } |
5163 else | |
25012 | 5164 reassert_line_highlight (desired_row->inverse_p, vpos); |
5165 | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5166 /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5167 write the whole desired line in that case. */ |
25012 | 5168 must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
5169 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
314 | 5170 { |
25012 | 5171 obody = 0; |
314 | 5172 olen = 0; |
5173 } | |
5174 else | |
5175 { | |
25012 | 5176 obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
5177 olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5178 | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5179 if (!current_row->inverse_p) |
314 | 5180 { |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5181 /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5182 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5183 while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
314 | 5184 olen--; |
5185 } | |
5186 else | |
5187 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5188 /* For an inverse-video line, make sure it's filled with |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5189 spaces all the way to the frame edge so that the reverse |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5190 video extends all the way across. */ |
25012 | 5191 while (olen < FRAME_WIDTH (frame) - 1) |
5192 obody[olen++] = space_glyph; | |
314 | 5193 } |
5194 } | |
5195 | |
25012 | 5196 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
5197 current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5198 current_row->inverse_p = desired_row->inverse_p; | |
5199 | |
5200 /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ | |
5201 if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
314 | 5202 { |
5203 nlen = 0; | |
5204 goto just_erase; | |
5205 } | |
5206 | |
25012 | 5207 nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
5208 nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5209 nend = nbody + nlen; | |
5210 | |
5211 /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
5212 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
5213 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5214 /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5215 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5216 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5217 --nlen; |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5218 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5219 /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5220 if (nlen) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5221 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5222 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5223 write_glyphs (nbody, nlen); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5224 } |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5225 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5226 /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5227 line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5228 case but in the line below. */ |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5229 if (nlen < FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (frame)) |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5230 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5231 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5232 clear_end_of_line (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (frame)); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5233 } |
28682
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5234 else |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5235 /* Make sure we are in the right row, otherwise cursor movement |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5236 with cmgoto might use `ch' in the wrong row. */ |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5237 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5238 |
25012 | 5239 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
5240 return; | |
5241 } | |
314 | 5242 |
5243 /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
5244 unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
25012 | 5245 if (!desired_row->inverse_p) |
314 | 5246 { |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5247 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5248 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
314 | 5249 nlen--; |
5250 } | |
5251 else | |
5252 { | |
25012 | 5253 /* For an inverse-video line, give it extra trailing spaces all |
5254 the way to the frame edge so that the reverse video extends | |
5255 all the way across. */ | |
5256 while (nlen < FRAME_WIDTH (frame) - 1) | |
5257 nbody[nlen++] = space_glyph; | |
314 | 5258 } |
5259 | |
5260 /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
5261 if (!char_ins_del_ok) | |
5262 { | |
25012 | 5263 int i, j; |
5264 | |
5265 /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with | |
5266 a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
314 | 5267 for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
5268 { | |
25012 | 5269 if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
314 | 5270 { |
25012 | 5271 /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
5272 j = i + 1; | |
5273 while (j < nlen | |
5274 && (j >= olen | |
5275 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
5276 || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
5277 ++j; | |
5278 | |
5279 /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ | |
314 | 5280 cursor_to (vpos, i); |
25012 | 5281 write_glyphs (nbody + i, j - i); |
5282 i = j - 1; | |
314 | 5283 |
5284 /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
5285 } | |
5286 } | |
5287 | |
5288 /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
5289 if (olen > nlen) | |
5290 { | |
5291 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5292 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5293 } | |
5294 | |
25012 | 5295 /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
5296 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
314 | 5297 return; |
5298 } | |
5299 | |
25012 | 5300 /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
5301 characters in a row. */ | |
5302 | |
314 | 5303 if (!olen) |
5304 { | |
25012 | 5305 /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
5306 possible, and write the rest. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5307 if (write_spaces_p || desired_row->inverse_p) |
25012 | 5308 nsp = 0; |
5309 else | |
5310 nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
5311 | |
314 | 5312 if (nlen > nsp) |
5313 { | |
5314 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5315 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); | |
5316 } | |
5317 | |
764 | 5318 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5319 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5320 return; |
5321 } | |
5322 | |
5323 /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ | |
25012 | 5324 osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5325 nsp = (desired_row->inverse_p || colored_spaces_p |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5326 ? 0 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5327 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen)); |
25012 | 5328 |
5329 /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ | |
5330 begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
5331 nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
314 | 5332 |
5333 /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
5334 /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5335 if (!write_spaces_p && osp + begmatch == olen) |
314 | 5336 { |
5337 np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
25012 | 5338 while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
5339 ++begmatch; | |
314 | 5340 } |
5341 | |
5342 /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
5343 just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
25012 | 5344 when the following text does not match. */ |
314 | 5345 if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
5346 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5347 | |
5348 /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
5349 op1 = obody + olen; | |
5350 np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
5351 op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
25012 | 5352 while (op1 > op2 |
5353 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
314 | 5354 { |
5355 op1--; | |
5356 np1--; | |
5357 } | |
5358 endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
5359 | |
5360 /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. | |
5361 endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
5362 Is it worth it? */ | |
5363 | |
5364 tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
5365 if (endmatch && tem | |
764 | 5366 && (!char_ins_del_ok || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (frame)[tem])) |
314 | 5367 endmatch = 0; |
5368 | |
5369 /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
5370 If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
5371 begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
5372 Is it worth it? */ | |
5373 | |
5374 if (nsp != osp | |
5375 && (!char_ins_del_ok | |
764 | 5376 || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (frame)[nsp - osp])) |
314 | 5377 { |
5378 begmatch = 0; | |
5379 endmatch = 0; | |
5380 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5381 } | |
5382 | |
5383 /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
5384 deleting as appropriate. */ | |
5385 | |
5386 if (osp > nsp) | |
5387 { | |
5388 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5389 delete_glyphs (osp - nsp); | |
5390 } | |
5391 else if (nsp > osp) | |
5392 { | |
5393 /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
5394 and insert earlier in the line, | |
5395 must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
5396 if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
5397 { | |
5398 cursor_to (vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); | |
5399 delete_glyphs (olen + nsp - osp - nlen); | |
5400 olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); | |
5401 } | |
5402 cursor_to (vpos, osp); | |
25012 | 5403 insert_glyphs (0, nsp - osp); |
314 | 5404 } |
5405 olen += nsp - osp; | |
5406 | |
5407 tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
5408 if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
5409 { | |
5410 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); | |
5411 if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
5412 { | |
5413 /* If new text being written reaches right margin, | |
5414 there is no need to do clear-to-eol at the end. | |
5415 (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not | |
5416 going to be "at the margin" after the text is done) */ | |
16267
05ca2cb9fe0f
(make_frame_glyphs, update_line, update_frame)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16256
diff
changeset
|
5417 if (nlen == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (frame)) |
314 | 5418 olen = 0; |
5419 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); | |
5420 } | |
5421 else if (nlen > olen) | |
5422 { | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5423 /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5424 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5425 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5426 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5427 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5428 but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5429 is a padding glyph. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5430 int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5431 int del; |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5432 |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5433 /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ |
25012 | 5434 while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) out--; |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5435 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); |
25012 | 5436 /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5437 del = olen - tem - out; |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5438 if (del > 0) delete_glyphs (del); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5439 /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5440 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); |
314 | 5441 olen = nlen; |
5442 } | |
5443 else if (olen > nlen) | |
5444 { | |
5445 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); | |
5446 delete_glyphs (olen - nlen); | |
5447 olen = nlen; | |
5448 } | |
5449 } | |
5450 | |
5451 just_erase: | |
5452 /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
5453 if (olen > nlen) | |
5454 { | |
5455 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5456 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5457 } | |
5458 | |
764 | 5459 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5460 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5461 } |
25012 | 5462 |
5463 | |
314 | 5464 |
25012 | 5465 /*********************************************************************** |
5466 X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
5467 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5468 | |
5469 /* Return the character position of the character at window relative | |
5470 pixel position (*X, *Y). *X and *Y are adjusted to character | |
5471 boundaries. */ | |
5472 | |
5473 int | |
5474 buffer_posn_from_coords (w, x, y) | |
5475 struct window *w; | |
5476 int *x, *y; | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5477 { |
25012 | 5478 struct it it; |
5479 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = current_buffer; | |
5480 struct text_pos startp; | |
5481 int left_area_width; | |
5482 | |
5483 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
5484 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); | |
5485 CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
5486 BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
5487 start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
5488 | |
5489 left_area_width = WINDOW_DISPLAY_LEFT_AREA_PIXEL_WIDTH (w); | |
5490 move_it_to (&it, -1, *x + it.first_visible_x - left_area_width, *y, -1, | |
5491 MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); | |
5492 | |
5493 *x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x + left_area_width; | |
5494 *y = it.current_y; | |
5495 current_buffer = old_current_buffer; | |
5496 return IT_CHARPOS (it); | |
5497 } | |
5498 | |
5499 | |
5500 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
5501 mode or top line of window W, or nil if none. MODE_LINE_P non-zero | |
5502 means look at the mode line. *CHARPOS is set to the position in | |
5503 the string returned. */ | |
5504 | |
5505 Lisp_Object | |
5506 mode_line_string (w, x, y, mode_line_p, charpos) | |
5507 struct window *w; | |
30713
fee809f81f97
(mode_line_string): Declare parameter MODE_LINE_P.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30323
diff
changeset
|
5508 int x, y, mode_line_p; |
25012 | 5509 int *charpos; |
5510 { | |
5511 struct glyph_row *row; | |
5512 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
5513 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
5514 int x0; | |
5515 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; | |
5516 | |
5517 if (mode_line_p) | |
5518 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); | |
5519 else | |
25546 | 5520 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 5521 |
5522 if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) | |
11919
31cb053405f2
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Record frame names
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11914
diff
changeset
|
5523 { |
25012 | 5524 /* The mode lines are displayed over scroll bars and bitmap |
5525 areas, and X is window-relative. Correct X by the scroll bar | |
5526 and bitmap area width. */ | |
5527 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (f)) | |
5528 x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); | |
25459
293b78b9ff60
(mode_line_string): Add FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25385
diff
changeset
|
5529 x += FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
25012 | 5530 |
5531 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, | |
5532 it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
5533 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5534 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5535 for (x0 = 0; glyph < end; x0 += glyph->pixel_width, ++glyph) | |
5536 if (x >= x0 && x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width) | |
5537 { | |
5538 string = glyph->object; | |
5539 *charpos = glyph->charpos; | |
5540 break; | |
5541 } | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5542 } |
25012 | 5543 |
5544 return string; | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5545 } |
25012 | 5546 |
5547 | |
5548 /*********************************************************************** | |
5549 Changing Frame Sizes | |
5550 ***********************************************************************/ | |
314 | 5551 |
5552 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
25012 | 5553 |
493 | 5554 SIGTYPE |
10745
a553a08f5785
(window_change_signal): Add ignored argument.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10259
diff
changeset
|
5555 window_change_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
25012 | 5556 int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
314 | 5557 { |
5558 int width, height; | |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5559 #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL |
314 | 5560 extern int errno; |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5561 #endif |
314 | 5562 int old_errno = errno; |
5563 | |
764 | 5564 get_frame_size (&width, &height); |
314 | 5565 |
764 | 5566 /* The frame size change obviously applies to a termcap-controlled |
5567 frame. Find such a frame in the list, and assume it's the only | |
314 | 5568 one (since the redisplay code always writes to stdout, not a |
764 | 5569 FILE * specified in the frame structure). Record the new size, |
314 | 5570 but don't reallocate the data structures now. Let that be done |
5571 later outside of the signal handler. */ | |
5572 | |
5573 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5574 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5575 |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5576 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5577 { |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5578 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
314 | 5579 { |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5580 change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
314 | 5581 break; |
5582 } | |
5583 } | |
5584 } | |
5585 | |
5586 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
5587 errno = old_errno; | |
5588 } | |
5589 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
5590 | |
5591 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5592 /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5593 non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5594 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
314 | 5595 |
21514 | 5596 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5597 do_pending_window_change (safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5598 int safe; |
314 | 5599 { |
5600 /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5601 if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5602 return; |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5603 |
314 | 5604 while (delayed_size_change) |
5605 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5606 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5607 |
5608 delayed_size_change = 0; | |
5609 | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5610 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5611 { |
25012 | 5612 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5613 |
764 | 5614 int height = FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f); |
5615 int width = FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f); | |
314 | 5616 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5617 if (height != 0 || width != 0) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5618 change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 0, safe); |
314 | 5619 } |
5620 } | |
5621 } | |
5622 | |
5623 | |
764 | 5624 /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5625 indicate no change is to take place. |
314 | 5626 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5627 If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5628 handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5629 redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5630 from a signal handler. |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5631 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5632 SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5633 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5634 |
21514 | 5635 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5636 change_frame_size (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 5637 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5638 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5639 { |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5640 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5641 |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5642 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5643 { |
15394
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5644 /* When using termcap, or on MS-DOS, all frames use |
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5645 the same screen, so a change in size affects all frames. */ |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5646 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5647 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5648 change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5649 pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5650 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5651 else |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5652 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5653 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5654 |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5655 static void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5656 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 5657 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5658 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
314 | 5659 { |
16256
1ce0cb94fa68
(preserve_other_columns, preserve_my_columns): Use new
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16195
diff
changeset
|
5660 int new_frame_window_width; |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5661 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5662 |
314 | 5663 /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5664 if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
314 | 5665 { |
25012 | 5666 FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
5667 FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = newwidth; | |
314 | 5668 delayed_size_change = 1; |
5669 return; | |
5670 } | |
5671 | |
764 | 5672 /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
25012 | 5673 FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = 0; |
5674 FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = 0; | |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5675 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5676 /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5677 if (newheight == 0) |
25012 | 5678 newheight = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5679 if (newwidth == 0) |
25012 | 5680 newwidth = FRAME_WIDTH (f); |
5681 | |
5682 /* Compute width of windows in F. | |
5683 This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
5684 new_frame_window_width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH_ARG (f, newwidth); | |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5685 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5686 /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
25012 | 5687 check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5688 |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5689 /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ |
25012 | 5690 if (newheight == FRAME_HEIGHT (f) |
5691 && new_frame_window_width == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) | |
314 | 5692 return; |
5693 | |
15078 | 5694 BLOCK_INPUT; |
5695 | |
14286
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5696 #ifdef MSDOS |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5697 /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5698 by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5699 or equal to the requested dimensions. */ |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5700 dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5701 #endif |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5702 |
25012 | 5703 if (newheight != FRAME_HEIGHT (f)) |
314 | 5704 { |
25012 | 5705 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
314 | 5706 { |
25012 | 5707 /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
5708 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
5709 FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); | |
5710 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
5711 (newheight | |
5712 - 1 | |
5713 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
5714 0); | |
5715 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
5716 newheight - 1); |
25012 | 5717 set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
314 | 5718 } |
5719 else | |
764 | 5720 /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
25012 | 5721 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
5722 newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 0); | |
5723 | |
5724 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5725 FrameRows = newheight; |
314 | 5726 } |
5727 | |
25012 | 5728 if (new_frame_window_width != FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
314 | 5729 { |
25012 | 5730 set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); |
5731 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) | |
5732 set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); | |
5733 | |
5734 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
764 | 5735 FrameCols = newwidth; |
25012 | 5736 |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
5737 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
5738 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->width, newwidth); |
314 | 5739 } |
5740 | |
25012 | 5741 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
5742 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, newwidth); | |
5743 | |
5744 { | |
5745 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
5746 int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
5747 | |
5748 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, | |
5749 &text_area_height); | |
5750 if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
5751 w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
5752 if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
5753 w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
5754 } | |
5755 | |
5756 adjust_glyphs (f); | |
5757 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
5758 calculate_costs (f); | |
15065 | 5759 |
5760 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
5761 |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5762 record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5763 |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
5764 /* This isn't quite a no-op: it runs window-configuration-change-hook. */ |
25012 | 5765 Fset_window_buffer (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), |
5766 XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f))->buffer); | |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5767 |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5768 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
314 | 5769 } |
25012 | 5770 |
5771 | |
314 | 5772 |
25012 | 5773 /*********************************************************************** |
5774 Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
5775 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5776 | |
5777 DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
5778 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", | |
5779 "Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal.\n\ | |
5780 FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open.") | |
5781 (file) | |
5782 Lisp_Object file; | |
5783 { | |
5784 if (termscript != 0) fclose (termscript); | |
5785 termscript = 0; | |
5786 | |
5787 if (! NILP (file)) | |
5788 { | |
5789 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
5790 termscript = fopen (XSTRING (file)->data, "w"); | |
5791 if (termscript == 0) | |
5792 report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); | |
5793 } | |
5794 return Qnil; | |
5795 } | |
5796 | |
5797 | |
314 | 5798 DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
5799 Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 1, 0, | |
5800 "Send STRING to the terminal without alteration.\n\ | |
5801 Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects.") | |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
5802 (string) |
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
5803 Lisp_Object string; |
314 | 5804 { |
20618
d5acac3af6e3
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Use size_byte.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19627
diff
changeset
|
5805 /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
5806 CHECK_STRING (string, 0); |
21244
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
5807 fwrite (XSTRING (string)->data, 1, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)), stdout); |
314 | 5808 fflush (stdout); |
5809 if (termscript) | |
5810 { | |
21244
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
5811 fwrite (XSTRING (string)->data, 1, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)), |
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
5812 termscript); |
314 | 5813 fflush (termscript); |
5814 } | |
5815 return Qnil; | |
5816 } | |
5817 | |
25012 | 5818 |
314 | 5819 DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
5820 "Beep, or flash the screen.\n\ | |
5821 Also, unless an argument is given,\n\ | |
5822 terminate any keyboard macro currently executing.") | |
5823 (arg) | |
5824 Lisp_Object arg; | |
5825 { | |
493 | 5826 if (!NILP (arg)) |
314 | 5827 { |
649
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5828 if (noninteractive) |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5829 putchar (07); |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5830 else |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5831 ring_bell (); |
314 | 5832 fflush (stdout); |
5833 } | |
5834 else | |
5835 bitch_at_user (); | |
5836 | |
5837 return Qnil; | |
5838 } | |
5839 | |
21514 | 5840 void |
314 | 5841 bitch_at_user () |
5842 { | |
5843 if (noninteractive) | |
5844 putchar (07); | |
25012 | 5845 else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
314 | 5846 error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
5847 else | |
5848 ring_bell (); | |
5849 fflush (stdout); | |
5850 } | |
5851 | |
25012 | 5852 |
5853 | |
5854 /*********************************************************************** | |
5855 Sleeping, Waiting | |
5856 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5857 | |
314 | 5858 DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5859 "Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds.\n\ |
2648 | 5860 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a\n\ |
5861 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an\n\ | |
5862 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your\n\ | |
5863 Emacs was built without floating point support.\n\ | |
5864 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.)") | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5865 (seconds, milliseconds) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5866 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds; |
314 | 5867 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5868 int sec, usec; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5869 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5870 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
5871 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5872 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5873 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds, 1); |
2648 | 5874 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
5875 | |
5876 { | |
5877 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
5878 sec = (int) duration; | |
5879 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
5880 } | |
314 | 5881 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5882 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5883 if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5884 error ("millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5885 #endif |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5886 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5887 /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5888 if (usec < 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5889 { |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5890 /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if user is negative. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5891 if (-1000000 < usec) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5892 sec--, usec += 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5893 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5894 sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5895 } |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5896 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5897 sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5898 |
14646
68fe10d1abd0
(Fsleep_for): Accept sub-second intervals.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14459
diff
changeset
|
5899 if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
314 | 5900 return Qnil; |
5901 | |
650 | 5902 { |
5903 Lisp_Object zero; | |
5904 | |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
5905 XSETFASTINT (zero, 0); |
650 | 5906 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, zero, 0); |
5907 } | |
587 | 5908 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5909 /* We should always have wait_reading_process_input; we have a dummy |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5910 implementation for systems which don't support subprocesses. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5911 #if 0 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5912 /* No wait_reading_process_input */ |
314 | 5913 immediate_quit = 1; |
5914 QUIT; | |
5915 | |
5916 #ifdef VMS | |
5917 sys_sleep (sec); | |
5918 #else /* not VMS */ | |
5919 /* The reason this is done this way | |
5920 (rather than defined (H_S) && defined (H_T)) | |
5921 is because the VMS preprocessor doesn't grok `defined' */ | |
5922 #ifdef HAVE_SELECT | |
554 | 5923 EMACS_GET_TIME (end_time); |
5924 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (timeout, sec, usec); | |
587 | 5925 EMACS_ADD_TIME (end_time, end_time, timeout); |
554 | 5926 |
314 | 5927 while (1) |
5928 { | |
554 | 5929 EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
5930 EMACS_SUB_TIME (timeout, end_time, timeout); | |
5931 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (timeout) | |
5932 || !select (1, 0, 0, 0, &timeout)) | |
314 | 5933 break; |
5934 } | |
5935 #else /* not HAVE_SELECT */ | |
5936 sleep (sec); | |
5937 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ | |
5938 #endif /* not VMS */ | |
5939 | |
5940 immediate_quit = 0; | |
5941 #endif /* no subprocesses */ | |
5942 | |
5943 return Qnil; | |
5944 } | |
5945 | |
25012 | 5946 |
650 | 5947 /* This is just like wait_reading_process_input, except that |
5948 it does the redisplay. | |
5949 | |
5223
db2e7e6a488e
(Fsit_for): Call prepare_menu_bars.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5218
diff
changeset
|
5950 It's also much like Fsit_for, except that it can be used for |
11411
91bcce2fd486
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Ignore buffers whose names start with space.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
5951 waiting for input as well. */ |
650 | 5952 |
5953 Lisp_Object | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
5954 sit_for (sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display) |
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
5955 int sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display; |
314 | 5956 { |
650 | 5957 Lisp_Object read_kbd; |
314 | 5958 |
14964
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
5959 swallow_events (display); |
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
5960 |
14757
99125e1e8bac
(sit_for): Pass DISPLAY to detect_input_pending_run_timers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14646
diff
changeset
|
5961 if (detect_input_pending_run_timers (display)) |
314 | 5962 return Qnil; |
650 | 5963 |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
5964 if (initial_display) |
314 | 5965 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (); |
5966 | |
673 | 5967 if (sec == 0 && usec == 0) |
5968 return Qt; | |
5969 | |
314 | 5970 #ifdef SIGIO |
1915
98ecf99d7b1a
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Pass the correct number of arguments to
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1872
diff
changeset
|
5971 gobble_input (0); |
650 | 5972 #endif |
5973 | |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
5974 XSETINT (read_kbd, reading ? -1 : 1); |
650 | 5975 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, read_kbd, display); |
5976 | |
314 | 5977 return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
5978 } | |
5979 | |
25012 | 5980 |
650 | 5981 DEFUN ("sit-for", Fsit_for, Ssit_for, 1, 3, 0, |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5982 "Perform redisplay, then wait for SECONDS seconds or until input is available.\n\ |
2648 | 5983 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a\n\ |
5984 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an\n\ | |
5985 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your\n\ | |
5986 Emacs was built without floating point support.\n\ | |
5987 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.)\n\ | |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
5988 Optional third arg NODISP non-nil means don't redisplay, just wait for input.\n\ |
650 | 5989 Redisplay is preempted as always if input arrives, and does not happen\n\ |
5990 if input is available before it starts.\n\ | |
5991 Value is t if waited the full time with no input arriving.") | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5992 (seconds, milliseconds, nodisp) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5993 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds, nodisp; |
650 | 5994 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5995 int sec, usec; |
650 | 5996 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5997 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
5998 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5999 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6000 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds, 1); |
2648 | 6001 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6002 | |
6003 { | |
6004 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6005 sec = (int) duration; | |
6006 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6007 } | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6008 |
650 | 6009 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6010 if (usec != 0 && sec == 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6011 error ("millisecond `sit-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
650 | 6012 #endif |
6013 | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6014 return sit_for (sec, usec, 0, NILP (nodisp), NILP (nodisp)); |
650 | 6015 } |
25012 | 6016 |
6017 | |
314 | 6018 |
25012 | 6019 /*********************************************************************** |
6020 Other Lisp Functions | |
6021 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6022 | |
6023 /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
6024 session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
6025 buffer-modified-flags, and a trailing sentinel (so we don't need to | |
6026 add length checks). */ | |
6027 | |
6028 static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
6029 | |
6030 | |
6031 DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
6032 Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 0, 0, | |
6033 "Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed.\n\ | |
6034 The state variable is an internal vector containing all frames and buffers,\n\ | |
6035 aside from buffers whose names start with space,\n\ | |
6036 along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags, which allows a fast\n\ | |
6037 check to see whether the menu bars might need to be recomputed.\n\ | |
6038 If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect\n\ | |
6039 the current state.\n") | |
6040 () | |
6041 { | |
6042 Lisp_Object tail, frame, buf; | |
6043 Lisp_Object *vecp; | |
6044 int n; | |
6045 | |
6046 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6047 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6048 { | |
6049 if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) | |
6050 goto changed; | |
6051 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) | |
6052 goto changed; | |
6053 } | |
6054 /* Check that the buffer info matches. | |
6055 No need to test for the end of the vector | |
6056 because the last element of the vector is lambda | |
6057 and that will always cause a mismatch. */ | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6058 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6059 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6060 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6061 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
6062 if (XSTRING (XBUFFER (buf)->name)->data[0] == ' ') | |
6063 continue; | |
6064 if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) | |
6065 goto changed; | |
6066 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) | |
6067 goto changed; | |
6068 if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) | |
6069 goto changed; | |
6070 } | |
6071 /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ | |
6072 if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
6073 return Qnil; | |
6074 changed: | |
6075 /* Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ | |
6076 n = 1; | |
6077 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6078 n += 2; | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6079 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6080 n += 3; |
6081 /* Reallocate the vector if it's grown, or if it's shrunk a lot. */ | |
6082 if (n > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size | |
6083 || n + 20 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size / 2) | |
6084 /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ | |
6085 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); | |
6086 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6087 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6088 { | |
6089 *vecp++ = frame; | |
6090 *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
6091 } | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6092 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6093 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6094 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6095 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
6096 if (XSTRING (XBUFFER (buf)->name)->data[0] == ' ') | |
6097 continue; | |
6098 *vecp++ = buf; | |
6099 *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
6100 *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
6101 } | |
6102 /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
6103 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6104 while (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6105 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6106 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6107 /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
6108 if (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6109 > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6110 abort (); | |
6111 return Qt; | |
6112 } | |
6113 | |
6114 | |
6115 | |
6116 /*********************************************************************** | |
6117 Initialization | |
6118 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6119 | |
314 | 6120 char *terminal_type; |
6121 | |
25012 | 6122 /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. |
6123 Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
6124 decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
314 | 6125 |
21514 | 6126 void |
314 | 6127 init_display () |
6128 { | |
6129 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
6130 extern int display_arg; | |
6131 #endif | |
6132 | |
25012 | 6133 /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
6134 space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
6135 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' '); | |
6136 space_glyph.charpos = -1; | |
6137 | |
314 | 6138 meta_key = 0; |
6139 inverse_video = 0; | |
6140 cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
6141 terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
6142 | |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6143 /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6144 during startup. */ |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6145 Vwindow_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6146 |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6147 /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6148 initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6149 terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6150 using the window system. |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6151 |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6152 If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6153 try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ |
314 | 6154 |
6155 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6156 if (! display_arg) |
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6157 { |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6158 char *display; |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6159 #ifdef VMS |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6160 display = getenv ("DECW$DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6161 #else |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6162 display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6163 #endif |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6164 |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6165 display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); |
2364 | 6166 } |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6167 |
18774
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6168 if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6169 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6170 && initialized |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6171 #endif |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6172 ) |
314 | 6173 { |
6174 Vwindow_system = intern ("x"); | |
6175 #ifdef HAVE_X11 | |
6176 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
6177 #else | |
6178 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (10); | |
6179 #endif | |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6180 #if defined (LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6181 /* In some versions of ncurses, |
15282 | 6182 tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6183 So call tgetent. */ |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6184 { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6185 #endif |
25012 | 6186 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
314 | 6187 return; |
6188 } | |
6189 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
6190 | |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6191 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6192 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6193 { |
16589
ec300a10e407
(init_display) [HAVE_NTGUI]: Use w32 for window-system.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16412
diff
changeset
|
6194 Vwindow_system = intern ("w32"); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6195 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
25012 | 6196 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6197 return; |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6198 } |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6199 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6200 |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6201 #ifdef macintosh |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6202 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6203 { |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6204 Vwindow_system = intern ("mac"); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6205 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6206 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6207 return; |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6208 } |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6209 #endif /* macintosh */ |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6210 |
314 | 6211 /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
6212 if (! isatty (0)) | |
6213 { | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6214 fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
314 | 6215 exit (1); |
6216 } | |
6217 | |
6218 /* Look at the TERM variable */ | |
6219 terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); | |
6220 if (!terminal_type) | |
6221 { | |
6222 #ifdef VMS | |
6223 fprintf (stderr, "Please specify your terminal type.\n\ | |
6224 For types defined in VMS, use set term /device=TYPE.\n\ | |
6225 For types not defined in VMS, use define emacs_term \"TYPE\".\n\ | |
6226 \(The quotation marks are necessary since terminal types are lower case.)\n"); | |
6227 #else | |
6228 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see tset(1).\n"); | |
6229 #endif | |
6230 exit (1); | |
6231 } | |
6232 | |
6233 #ifdef VMS | |
25012 | 6234 /* VMS DCL tends to up-case things, so down-case term type. |
314 | 6235 Hardly any uppercase letters in terminal types; should be none. */ |
6236 { | |
6237 char *new = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (terminal_type) + 1); | |
6238 char *p; | |
6239 | |
6240 strcpy (new, terminal_type); | |
6241 | |
6242 for (p = new; *p; p++) | |
6243 if (isupper (*p)) | |
6244 *p = tolower (*p); | |
6245 | |
6246 terminal_type = new; | |
6247 } | |
25012 | 6248 #endif /* VMS */ |
314 | 6249 |
6250 term_init (terminal_type); | |
25012 | 6251 |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6252 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6253 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6254 int width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (sf); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6255 int height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6256 |
25012 | 6257 unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
6258 | |
6259 /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the | |
6260 change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
6261 if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6262 fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6263 } |
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6264 |
25012 | 6265 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6266 calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6267 |
6268 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
6269 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6270 if (initialized) | |
6271 #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ | |
6272 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
6273 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
25012 | 6274 |
6275 /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ | |
6276 if (initialized | |
6277 && !noninteractive | |
25118
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6278 #ifdef MSDOS |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6279 /* The MSDOS terminal turns on its ``window system'' relatively |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6280 late into the startup, so we cannot do the frame faces' |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6281 initialization just yet. It will be done later by pc-win.el |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6282 and internal_terminal_init. */ |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6283 && (strcmp (terminal_type, "internal") != 0 || inhibit_window_system) |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6284 #endif |
25012 | 6285 && NILP (Vwindow_system)) |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6286 { |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6287 /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6288 are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6289 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6290 |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6291 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR; |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6292 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR; |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6293 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6294 } |
314 | 6295 } |
25012 | 6296 |
6297 | |
314 | 6298 |
25012 | 6299 /*********************************************************************** |
6300 Blinking cursor | |
6301 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6302 | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6303 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6304 Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6305 "Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW.\n\ |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6306 WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means\n\ |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6307 show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means\n\ |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6308 don't show a cursor.") |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6309 (window, show) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6310 Lisp_Object window, show; |
25012 | 6311 { |
6312 /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse | |
6313 output routines. */ | |
6314 if (!redisplaying_p) | |
6315 { | |
6316 if (NILP (window)) | |
6317 window = selected_window; | |
6318 else | |
6319 CHECK_WINDOW (window, 2); | |
6320 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6321 XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
25012 | 6322 } |
6323 | |
6324 return Qnil; | |
6325 } | |
6326 | |
6327 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6328 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6329 Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, |
26499
10af169a628b
(Finternal_show_cursor_p): Fix doc string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26334
diff
changeset
|
6330 "Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW.\n\ |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6331 WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window.") |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6332 (window) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6333 Lisp_Object window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6334 { |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6335 struct window *w; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6336 |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6337 if (NILP (window)) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6338 window = selected_window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6339 else |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6340 CHECK_WINDOW (window, 2); |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6341 |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6342 w = XWINDOW (window); |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6343 return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6344 } |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6345 |
25012 | 6346 |
6347 /*********************************************************************** | |
6348 Initialization | |
6349 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6350 | |
21514 | 6351 void |
314 | 6352 syms_of_display () |
6353 { | |
764 | 6354 defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
314 | 6355 defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6356 defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
314 | 6357 defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
6358 defsubr (&Sding); | |
6359 defsubr (&Ssit_for); | |
6360 defsubr (&Ssleep_for); | |
6361 defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6362 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6363 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
314 | 6364 |
12186
6811992e871c
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Calculate vector size right.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11919
diff
changeset
|
6365 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6366 staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6367 |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6368 Qdisplay_table = intern ("display-table"); |
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6369 staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6370 Qredisplay_dont_pause = intern ("redisplay-dont-pause"); |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6371 staticpro (&Qredisplay_dont_pause); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6372 |
314 | 6373 DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
7926
b87f2c705501
(syms_of_display): Make baud-rate a user var.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7900
diff
changeset
|
6374 "*The output baud rate of the terminal.\n\ |
314 | 6375 On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding\n\ |
6376 and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay."); | |
25012 | 6377 |
314 | 6378 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
764 | 6379 "*Non-nil means invert the entire frame display.\n\ |
314 | 6380 This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be."); |
25012 | 6381 |
314 | 6382 DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
764 | 6383 "*Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell."); |
25012 | 6384 |
314 | 6385 DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
764 | 6386 "*Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending.\n\ |
314 | 6387 A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve\n\ |
764 | 6388 Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs.\n\ |
314 | 6389 It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that."); |
25012 | 6390 |
314 | 6391 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system", &Vwindow_system, |
6392 "A symbol naming the window-system under which Emacs is running\n\ | |
6393 \(such as `x'), or nil if emacs is running on an ordinary terminal."); | |
25012 | 6394 |
314 | 6395 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
6396 "The version number of the window system in use.\n\ | |
6397 For X windows, this is 10 or 11."); | |
25012 | 6398 |
314 | 6399 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
6400 "Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there."); | |
25012 | 6401 |
314 | 6402 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
764 | 6403 "Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame.\n\ |
314 | 6404 If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph.\n\ |
6405 Each element can be:\n\ | |
6406 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for.\n\ | |
6407 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows).\n\ | |
6408 nil: this glyph mod 256 is char code to output,\n\ | |
6857 | 6409 and this glyph / 256 is face code for X windows (see `face-id')."); |
314 | 6410 Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
6411 | |
6412 DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, | |
6413 "Display table to use for buffers that specify none.\n\ | |
6414 See `buffer-display-table' for more information."); | |
6415 Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; | |
6416 | |
25012 | 6417 DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
6418 "*Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected."); | |
6419 redisplay_dont_pause = 0; | |
6420 | |
314 | 6421 /* Initialize `window-system', unless init_display already decided it. */ |
6422 #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6423 if (noninteractive) | |
6424 #endif | |
6425 { | |
6426 Vwindow_system = Qnil; | |
6427 Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; | |
6428 } | |
6429 } |